Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(161 - 180 of 213)

Pages

Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Facu...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Requirements Majors Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs International Study Honors Program Degrees ... ... ... PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E ... ... ... ... ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l Recreation Intercollegiate Athletics Religious L i f e Student Services Housing Food S e r v i c e ... PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE ... ... The Application Process Transfer Early Early Admission Advanced Placement Decision : Advanced Standing ... .. ... PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D ... Expenses 1972-73 Cost Summary Settlement o f Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . . . . Financial Aid PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration Probation and Dismissal Credit Grading by Examination ... ... ... PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, PERSONNEL PAGE 79, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change without n o t i c e . Introduction There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4." In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian ~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature a n d Objectives Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major. t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world. t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic e x c e l l e n c e . t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern city. t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional, and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . L The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 6 CAMPUS GUIDE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. t 3. 14. 15. 16. West Hall George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main Urness Tower Residence for Women The College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall The Quadrangle Murphy Square The Art Studio Organ Studio The Music Building Si Melby Hall Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall Speech and Drama Building East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + ) Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your Here you w i l l i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld. d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n t h e modern g o r l d . _LX .@ .a. The 4-12a Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Physical Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Training Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of 1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable. The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates matriculation i n these co- learning courses . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI ) . Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f courses . International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . . Augsburg STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN) This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program. University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e offered each term. Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e college. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on t h e honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree. I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music. 12 Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and C u l t u r a l Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron second time i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal, academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative offices. West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r . The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d . Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Ad mission An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advance Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Advance Standing College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. 17 Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1750.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00. Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not authorized. A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable with t u i t i o n : .. . 4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00 Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00 (Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate b a s i s of $20 a course.) Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15 -00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an interim). OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $987.00 t o $1,050.00 Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board. (Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00) Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board. ( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00 A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . .$987.00 - ............$ 1,050.00 25.00 (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. ) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable) Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, 1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , . $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule : 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s , 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences. Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside t h e United S t a t e s . The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t year i n residence. 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s requirement . Division f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Chairman: M r . Raymond E . Anderson Department o f A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department o f Music Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck Department Department Department Department Department of of of of of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Phys i cs DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Plzilip A, Quanbeck Department o f Phi 10s ophy Department o f Religion DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Geography, Library Science Department o f History Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology Registration A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive credit f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F . Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done i n t h e Registrar1s Office. Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory. I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term. Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Credit Examination Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar. Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one f o r D and zero f o r F. Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course i n which t h e student receives a grade of N. A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor. An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed during t h e following semester. A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record. A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be audited. 25 Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages. See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: G r i e r N ic h o l l MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s . courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . TEACHING MAJOR: 16 MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings under major. 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE For description, see 295. level of work. all) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY One project of an interdisciplinary nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Field experience during interim Art P h i 1ip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from 221, 223, 225, 350. 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221, 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 1 1 8 PAINTING I Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r . (Fall, Spring) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , Spring) 351 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring) 3 5 5 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g . (Prereq.: 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. ( P r e r e q . : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud M+70R1 & -o n I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and one t e r m s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . 1 1x3 & bob% mf -ar. 351, 3 5 2 ) . 1 A - 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r - 11 1 1 1 - i ; r l MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . -- Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . I' cL 101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g ) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does not apply toward the biology major. (Interim) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; 112, Spring) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. : 112. Interim) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 112. Spring) . 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223 or 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l ) , 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business F a l l , Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c ~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. (Prereq .: 262. Spring) 3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g ) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MRTOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 . ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. E : Five courses i n Business Education. I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 . A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l education requirements . MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . HONORS 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (rnt e r i m ) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m ) 2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or equivalent . Spring) 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73) 4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) Economics MAJOR: ECYINOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) : Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required. MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education. Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . 120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120. (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications. (Prereq. : 123. F a l l ) 3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m ) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chal rman: Chemistry E a r l A1 t o n GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY: 115,.116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d . AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e . DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, F a l l ; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y , a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or 116. 251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g ) 253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a Prereq. : 352, r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . 3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362, or#. Fall) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques. 1a b o r a t o r y P r e r e q . : 362 o r #. Spring) . 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l ) 4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n during t h e academic year. Department of Chairman: E i n a r Johnson The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470, and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s , opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y education. F a l l , Spring) 371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND' MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 , 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Secondary Education 2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y ) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s . Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l . a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74) Seminars 369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major concentration. (1973-74) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t , t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d o n l y 1972-73) Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human environment. Library Science 2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n . Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l ) 3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l ) 3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n . (spring) 4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval. Department of English A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e short story. (Fall, Spring) 2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre, and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language. (Spring) 331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth century (Spring) . 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ] 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) American, and Continental novels. 428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m . S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ] 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Foreign Language Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s , however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. ( F a l l ) 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on ( F a l l , Spring) advanced placement. 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g ) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. ( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand) 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s . French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech h a b i t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. d e n md ) 331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent of instructor. Offered alternate years. F a l l 1973-74) 332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1974-75) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1972-73. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French. ( S p r i n g 1973-74. Offered every t h i r d year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I M o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) , B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a literature m d e a s that led t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide, A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n A *®.: 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g 1972-73. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re; form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r ) S a r t r e , Camus, i n theme and 311 or #. 332, 4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75. Offered every t h i r d year) 4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s , i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . 112 F a l l , Spring) 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by (Offered a l t e r n a t e years. 3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l English when h e l p f u l . 1973-74) 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism, humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1972-73) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 8 t h CENTURY Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism, with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74) 3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse, -Kafka, -Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language. (Spring) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t . Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73; 112, F a l l 1973-74) 21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74) Latin 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ; 112, Spring) Russian 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian. (111, F a l l ) 112, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies MAJOR: - 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring) 3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Spring 1972-73) 331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma Lagerlof, P ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape .- . majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. -%-- - - ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey -$ o Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber Knowledge of a --+ Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d ) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. 2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school Spanish) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n Spanish. 3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical e x e r c i s e s . 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. ( P r e r e q . : One survey course) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department and of Physical Chairman: Health Education E. W. A n d e r s o n BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 . 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472. 10 c o u r s e s . 110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human Physiology course are a l s o required. ~- - PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: COACHING ENDORSEMENT: coaching. 5 courses. 5 courses. 4 courses. 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 . 1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . 102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . (Fall, Spring) 110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body. (Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105. Spring) 3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program. (Fall) 3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74) 4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures (Fall) 4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y . (Fall) 4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures. (Spring) 4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h programs. ( I n t e r i m ) 4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l 4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Summer s c h o o l o n l y ) Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q .: 351, 352. 4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f department) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education. Open only t o majors. Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 courses plus 1 seminar. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western. A t least four o f these courses must be upper division. Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division. Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor. 1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring) East through t h e high middle 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day. (Fall) . 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74) 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development. (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g ) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73) 464 MODERN CHINA A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839. The erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74) 474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (1973-74) . 495 SEMINAR (Fall, Spring) Department of Mathematics Chai rman : Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325. MINOR: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education. 121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g ) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1 Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l ) . 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g ) 2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring) 2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring) 2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l ) 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1 A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq. : 31 4 . Spring) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l ) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 315, 324. Spring) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t registration. Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Computer Sclence 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL) Medical Technology This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical Technology adviser. . Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223 ( o r 351, 352), 353. Department of Music Chai man: Leland Sateren MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double - p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y ( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @ team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall] 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l ) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments. all) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores, organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. (Spring) 4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY (Fall) . PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l , Spring) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l , f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r . Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t , b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Orchestra Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 . b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o 59 In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; - or 351 352; or 351 361. In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Department of Chairman: Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y . j u n i o r year. T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement . 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . all, Interim, S p r i n g ) 120 ETHICS Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 130 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated. all, S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For description see under course 110. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring) 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211, 2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 19 72-73) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 1973-74) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344. F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1973-74) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 340. F a l l , 1973-74) 61 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o , Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #. S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r course i n philosophy. S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physics Chairman: T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . mechanics, thermodynamics, modern t o p i c s . The course i s designed as Medical Technology program. Spring) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, Spring) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1 A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m , central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1 The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g ) Department of Chai rman: Political Science Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may be counted f o r t h a t a r e a . The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.* MINOR: HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following: T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the department . * T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area toward major o r minor requirements.) -- Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c . T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and (No p r e r e q u i s i t e ; management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . I n t e r i m , 1972-73) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n . Offered Fall term o f e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e F a l l , 19 7 2 ) . 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326) 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1972-73) 11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73) 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972) 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice, including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One course i n Political Science or #) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) 1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S 1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. (Spring, 1972-73) 3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972) .-. L 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) I V . PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73) V. P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES ( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73) 380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) VI . SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq. : # . Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane J o h n s o n MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology, s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t . Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g ) 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . (Prereq. : 105. Fall) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h . ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall, Spring) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363, 871-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department o f Philosophy 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario* l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l ) 3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring) 3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these roles. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an of society and t h e relationship of these s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s exploration of t h e changing patterns changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church. (Fa11 ) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973) 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. ( F a l l ) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. ( F a l l ) 3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring) 475 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l ) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g ) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g ) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g ) Social Science T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r . A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than educational psychology), o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r 365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 , 383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352. 1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s . (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( F a l l ) 231 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. all) 3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and methods of human service. ( F a l l ) 3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ; and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g ) 3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g ) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g ) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Chairman: Arts Raymond A n d e r s o n CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r : S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication. Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives: E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368 Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485 S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482 L i b r a r y 385 Computer S c i e n c e COMMUNICATION MINOR: SPEECH MAJOR: 5 courses 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352, 355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d . SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476. THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366, 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening. per week. all, S p r i n g ) Meets f i v e times - I - 1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l ) 2 2 8 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING Practical work i n pantomime and participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) An introduction t o the a r t of acting. improvisation; 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements. (Spring) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r role i n society. (Spring) 3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 3 5 2 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech writing. (Spring) 3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring) 3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) Practice i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning product ions and conducting rehearsals (Spring) . 76 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. S p r i n g ) (Prexeq.: 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l ) 487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . ( F a l l , Spring) General Information Courses A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation. Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks i n length. Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings. Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e 100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and 400's f o r seniors. Symbol Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of #. prerequisites. Personnel Administration ...................................Oscar A. ...................Burton President Vice President and Executive A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President Anderson P. Fosse Academic A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Registrar Assistant Registrar Librarian. ....................Kenneth C . Bailey ....................................Miss Mildred J o e l .........................Miss Beverly Wegge ...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y Business A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . . Controller D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . . Director of t h e College Center Director of Food Services Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent Director of Data Processing.. Manager of t h e Book S t o r e ............Warren Cuolin ...................................... Wayne Pederson ...............,,..Eugene Ecklund ...................Douglas Wasko .........................Carl Stromer ...........James Lancaster ...................David Pederson ..........................I r v i n g Hoe1 Development Vice President f o r Development Associate D i r e c t o r of Development A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development Director of Alumni Relations Public Relations Coordinator. Manager, News Bureau .................Glen W. Johnson ...........Sigvald Hjelmeland .................David Teslow ..................... J e r o y Carlson ................. .Michael Walgren ...............................Steven Vite Student A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean o f Admissions Associate Dean of Students; Director, Career Planning and Placement Director of Financial Aid. Director of New Student Programs.. Director o f Residence Programs. Associate Director of Admissions Admissions Counselor .....................Bruce L. Gildseth ............Miss Fern Martinson ......................Herald Johnson ...............Richard Thoni .............Mrs. Joan Petersen ...............Donovan Lundeen .............................David Gronner Total Student Enrollment .............................. 1,968 .................................... 332 ................................ 1,817 .................................... 349 Academic Year, 1969-1970. Summer Session, 1970 Academic Year, 1970-1971 Summer Session, 1971 Summary Of Graduates Graduates, 1870-1969 Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970) Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971). ... .. 4,505 309 310 5,124
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1974
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1974
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
about summer courses COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits. W TERM I May 28 TERM I 1 June 24 AUGUST % - June 20 - August .- 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 8 15 9 16 10 17 P ~ ~ F ESUM DMER OFFERI...
Show more about summer courses COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits. W TERM I May 28 TERM I 1 June 24 AUGUST % - June 20 - August .- 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 8 15 9 16 10 17 P ~ ~ F ESUM DMER OFFERINGSare l i s t e d i n the center of t h i s brochure. LOWER-DIVISION courses, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore students, are those with a '1 or 2 as the third digitof the five-digit Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t position indicates an upper-division course, intended primarily for juniors or seniors. 2 COURSES REGULARLY taught during the academic year are described i n I f you need more informathe catalog issue of Augsburg C o l l e g e Now. tion about special summer offerings, please consult the Summer School Office. - TERM I1 WORKSHOP August 5 23 - INmPENDENT STUDY, while not l i s t e d among the course offerings, may be pursued during the summer in a number of depaments. For information consult the Summer School Office. CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must be made a t the Sunmrer School Office. No course may be added a f t e r it has met more than s i x hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. THE COIL!ZGE RESERVES the r i g h t t o cancel l i s t e d courses. costs SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee o f $15, p l u s T u i t i o n o f $170 per course. Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may be charged f o r same courses. A DEPOSIT cf $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e only i f the courses l i s t e d b y the s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should be c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i a n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course ( t a k i n g it w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s $80. In courses w i t h l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o full-tuition students. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11, f o r a t o t a l of three courses i n the two regular terms. The Japanese Print Making Workshop, beginning August 5, may be taken i n addition t o courses completed i n the regular terms. PERSONS PLANNING t o attend Summer School are advised t o apply as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. STUDENTS NEEDING HWSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r of Limited food s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplemented b y s e v e r a l Housing. r e s t a u r a n t s and snack shops i n t h e Augsburg v i c i n i t y . C O V E R : D A V I D S T E N S H O E L a REGISTRATION i s t o be completed not l a t e r than the f i r s t day o f each term a t the Summer School O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l 111. ALL CHARGES f o r t h e term must be paid before r e g i s t r a t i o n i s complete. A Late Regist r a t i o n Fee o f $10 w i l l be added f o r students who complete registrat i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t day o f the term. TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d courses w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d b y the t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . Such r e f u n d i s l i m i t e d b y the non-refundable dep o s i t . No r e f u n d w i l l be m d e a f t e r t h e l i s t e d dates. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE REFUND! TERM I 1 TERM I i :z 1 1 100%f Mav 28-29 1 June 25-27 May 30-31 June 28-30 J i e 3-4 July 1-3 40% June 5-6 July 5-10 1974 SUMMER SPECIALS bgskrrgColkge JAZZ STYLES. E a r l y jazz h e r i t a g e s and t h e b l u e s ; New Orleans and Chicago Dixieland, ragtime, boogie-woogie, swing, bop, cool and funky s t y l e s ; our e c l e c t i c e r a and p o s s i b l e f u t u r e s . Performance a b i l i t y n o t required; includes a paper o r p r o j e c t a p p r o p r i a t e t o D r . James Carlson. Term I I . See MUS 82240. s t u d e n t ' s jazz capacity. FILMMAKING. Students design and produce a 16m sound film. The language of f i l m , f i l m design, s c r i p t i n g , production planning; cinemato9raphy, l i g h t i n g , sound recording; c a s t i n g , d i r e c t i n g , s t a g i n g ; Lab f e e of $50 provides a l l s t u d e n t needs, l a b o r a t o r y techniques. Instructor i s Paul Rusten. See ART 10242, s u p p l i e s , equipment use. 1 Summer School -Memori a1 2 Sverdrup L i b r a r . ~ 3 ~ ce ni c e l ~ d mni i s t r a t i on 4 OldMain 5 Augsburg College Center 6 Mortensen Tower 7 Urness Tower 8 Murphy Square (Park) 9 A r t Studio 10 S i Melby H a l l 11 Music B u i l d i n g 12 Drama-Speech B u i l d i n g S t . Paul ENG 54244, SPC 98242. PHOTOGRAPHY. The a r t of s t i l l camera photography. Development of s k i l l s of photographic composition; using p i c t u r e s t o communicate; camera techniques and l i m i t a t i o n s ; photographic processing possiART 101 32. b i l i t i e s , darkroom. work. Robert Friederichsen, Term I . MOVING IMAGE MEDIA, The s h o r t f i l m and t e l e v i s i o n ; p r e t a t i o n , production techniques. Work i n 8mm f i l m For e n t h u s i a s t s a s w e l l a s t e a c h e r s who want t o use Taught by John Mitchell, Term I I . See ENG sion. . CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN LITERATURE. analysis, interand video media. f i l m and t e l e v i - AUGSBURG COLLEGE i s i n the Cedar-Riverside area o f Minneapolis, where i t s r ' n s t i t u t i ona'l neighbors include the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (West Bank) and Fairview and S t . Mary's h o s p i t a l s . The College i s e a s i l y accessible from Interstate Highway 94. Approaching from t h e west, use t h e 25th Avenue-Riverside e x i t ; from t h e e a s t , e x i t t o Riverside. 54242, I A readings course i n works of contemporary African n o v e l i s t s , p o e t s , d r a m a t i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s , and e s s a y i s t s t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s with t h e growing wealth of African l i t e r a t u r e , themes and t r a d i t i o n s , and t o s t i m u l a t e a crossTerm I I . See ENG 54364. c u l t u r a l human experience. John Mitchell. A study of c r e a t i v i t y with emphasis upon CREATIVE PROBLEM-SOLVING. ways of c u l t i v a t i n g c r e a t i v e behavior and applying it t o v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of problem solving; p h i l o s o p h i c a l and psychological dimenD r . Raymond Anderson. Term I I . See SPC 98356. s i o n s of t h e task. LOVE I N LITERATURE AND MEDIA. Passionate l o v e i n lite r a t u r e from a n t i a u i t -v t o today; i d e a s about sex and love i n contemporary popular music, t e l e v i s i o n & film. D r . Ronald Palosaari. Term I . See ENG 54269. - CHRISTIAN DEVOTIONAL CLASSICS. s i g n i f i c a n t w r i t i n g s from t h e second century t o t h e present. Among works considered a r e those of August i n e , Bernard of Clairvaux, Catherine of Siena and D i e t r i c h Bonhoeff e r ; understandings of t h e s p i r i t u a l l i f e a s d i s c l o s e d i n t h e s e D r . Philip Quanbeck. Term I . See REL 87370. Christian classics. RELIGIONS OF INDIA: Hinduism & Buddhism. H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e present. Also t r e a t s Jainism, Sikkhism and Islam. Uses primary t e x t s , films of Hindu Instructor: D r . John Benson. Term I I . See REL 87372. ritual. WOMAN: Image and Reality WOMEN WRITERS AND NOMAN'S IDENTITY. s e l e c t e d female w r i t e r s of t h e twentieth century, including V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r works what it means t o be a woman; reading i n depth t h e work of a woman w r i t e r of each s t u d e n t ' s choice. Taught by D r . Catherine Nicholl. ' Term I . See EN6 54239. PSYCHOLOGY AND WOMEN. c u l t u r a l assumptions and psychological premise s of presumed s e x - r e l a t e d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ; research on sex d i f f e r Taught by Lila Anderegg. Term ences, including s t a t u s and r o l e s . 11, evenings. See PSY 86395 308. PHILOSOPHIES OF FEMINISM. Philosophical a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and imp l i c a t i o n s ofmatriarchical/patriarchical, pro-feminist/anti-feminist c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic love, and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . Taught by D r . Mark Fuehrer. Term I I . See PHI 83450. (Descriptions continued after listings) COURSES DEPT NUMBER SECT COURSE TITLE ART ART ART ART ART ART ART BED BED €310 BUS CHM CHM ECO EDE EDS ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG GER GER HIS HPE HPE HPE MUS PHI PHI PHY POL POL POL PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY REL REL SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SPA SPA SPC SPC SPC SPC 10102 10118 10132 10223 10242 10355 10368 33101 33350 20103 21121 34105 34353 22120 4448454854239 54269 54242 54244 54338 54364 72111 72112 56260 551 11 55484 55491 82240 83130 83450 84101 85295 85367 85365 86105 86351 86364 86375 86395 86395 87370 87372 94255 94255 94367 94372 94375 94480 76111 76112 98111 98116 98242 98356 309 305 306 303 303 303 306 304 307 305 306 304 300 307 ----- 306 303 300 306 306 302 305 303 300 306 307 302 300 302 304 302 301 308 302 301 301 304 300 308 31 7 300 306 312 304 302 307 300 308 301 309 305 304 308 306 INSTRUCTOR TERM TIME Environmental E s t h e t i c s Friederichsen I 1 Thompson I1 Painting I Photography Friederichsen I Yoshi da IIW Printmaking I (Japanese Wood-Block) Filmmaking Rusten I Painting I 1 Thompson I1 Yoshida IIW Printmaking I 1 (Japanese Wood-Block) Elementary T y p e w r i t i n g (no c r e d i t ) Wammer I1 I1 Advanced T y p e w r i t i n g Wammer Human Anatomy and Physiology Mickelberg It11 I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Management O'Malley P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry Gyberg I1 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Analysis Gyberg I1 Economics o f Urban Issues Sabel 1a I Student Teaching, Elementary Staff I1 Student Teaching, Secondary E. Johnson I1 C. N i c h o l l I Women W r i t e r s and Woman's I d e n t i t y I Love i n L i t . and Media Pal o s a a r i Mitchell 11 Moving Image Media I Filmmaking Rusten Twentieth Century B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e Sargent I M itchel 1 I1 Contemporary A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e Oyler I Beginning German I Oyl e r I1 Beginning German I 1 Minnesota Discovery Chrislock/R. Nelson I S a f e t y and Drug Education Lindgren I1 C. Nelson I A p p l i e d Adapted A c t i v i t i e s C. Nelson I1 Therapeutic Exercise I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Jazz S t y l e s Carl son I1 Logic Fuehrer I1 Philosophies o f Feminism Fuehrer I1 Astronomy Paulson I1 I1 Games o f P o l i t i c s Hedbl om O r r i L p i U n f o r S o c i a l Change Schei be1 I1 I International Politicians Noonan I General Psychology Thoni I Developmental Psycho1 ogy: C h i l d D. Johnson Experimental Psychology Dyrud/Anderegg I1 S o c i a l Psycho1 ogy Dyrud I1 Psychology and Women Anderegg I1 Themes i n Human I d e n t i t y Knefel kamp/Widick I1 I C h r i s t i a n Devotional Classics (luanbeck Religions o f I n d i a Benson I1 I Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium Wagner Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium Wagner 11 O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change Schei be1 I1 I Aging i n Urbanized America Steen S o c i a l Psychology Dyrud I1 Urban New Towns Torstenson I Kingsley I Beginning Spanish I Kingsley I1 Beginning Spanish I 1 Beginning Speech Cole I C r e a t i v e Dramatics Cole I Filmmaking Rusten I C r e a t i v e Problem-Solving ReAnderson I 1 8 9 H+J 9 S 9 9 9 9 S C+D 4+5 3+5 J+K 9 9 B+C H+J 6 S C+D 7 B+D 2 F+G+S 6 Arr. Arr. 5 2 4 7 3 3 C+D B+D B+C 3 5 7 7 AtB 1 F+G+S 8+9 3 H+J 5 C+D B+E 2 C+D S S 2 ADD ROOM FEE SPECIAL COMMENTS A-110 Arts Arts Arts A-110 $50 Arts Arts OM-10 OM-10 S-205 L-1 S-205 S-205 L-1 A r r . $15 Arr. $15 Arr. MH-1 S-205 $10 A-110 $50 S-205 S-205 MH-1 MH-1 S-205 Yes 6-12 Arr. Arr. S-34 S-34 S-34 S-34 S-34 MH-1 MH-1 A-110 S-34 L-1 L-1 L-1 MH-1 L-1 S-205 S-34 Yes 5-34 Yes MH-1 S-34 L-1 A-110 S-205 S-205 Theater Arr. A-110$50 L-1 Times arranged August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon 1:OO-5:00 pm, MTWT Times arranged August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon T u i t i o n = $80; 6:45-9pm MTTh 6:45-9:00 pm, MTTh 10 weeks, 6-9 pm, T & Th L e c t u r e = 4; l a b = 5 L e c t u r e = 3; l a b = 5 June 17 through J u l y 26; Dept. o f Education ( consult 1:OO-5:00 pm, MTWT About $75 t r a v e l costs -- (People, E l i t e s & For. Pol.) P e r i o d D meets i n S-34 A v a i l a b l e e i t h e r term. ca, f o r wilderness t r i p . ( $60 6:OO-10:OO pm, Tues., 1:OO-5:00pm,MTWT Wed. UNLESS OTHERWISE noted under "SPECIAL COMMENTS," Term I classes extend from Tuesday, May 28, through Thursday, June 20, and Term I 1 courses a r e t a u g h t from Monday, June 24, through Friday, August 2. The schedules below i n d i c a t e t h e hours and days o f t h e week when classes meet, keyed t o t h e l e t t e r o r number l i s t e d above under "TIME". NOTE t h a t most Term I courses meet e i g h t t o t e n times p e r week; thus "A+BM means t h a t a c l a s s meets 7:10 t o 8:20 and 8:30 t o 9:40. both A = 7:lO-8:20 am MTWT F MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWT MTWT 5:lO-6:40 ~ r n MTWT 6:50-8:20 bm MTWT MTWT =8 : 3 o - i o : o o ~ m See "SPECIA~ COMMENTS" TERM B = 8:30-9:40am C = 9:50-11 :00 am D = 11:lO am-12:20 pm I E = 12:30-1:40 pm F 1:50-3:20 pm May28 G = 3:30-5:00 pm = H J J u n e 2 0 S = = ~ = TERM 11 JUW 24 Aug. 2 1 = 7:15-8:40am 2 = 8:50-10:15am 3=10:25-11:50am 4 = 12:OO-1:25 pm 5 = 1:35-3:20pm 6 = 3:30-5:15pm 7 = 6:00-9:30 pm 9 = See 1 1 MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWT MTWT Room Locations M. w COMMENTS" ~ ~ A-110 ArtS 1-1 5-34 5-205 0m-10 ~ MH-1 A r t Bui 1d i n g A r t Bui 1d i n g L i b r a r y (basement) Science B u i l d i n g Science Bui l d i ng ~ Old~ Main ~ Memorial H a l l (SE, basement) ~ This Summer in the SOCIAL SCIENCES MINNESOTA DISCOVERY. H i s t o r i c a l s i t e s and museums a s an approach t o understanding s t a t e and a r e a h i s t o r y . Students supply camping equipment and provisions f o r extended f i e l d t r i p s . Cooperation with t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l Society, readings and p r o j e c t s , t o introduce career opportunities. T r i p s w i l l r e q u i r e some a d d i t i o n a l expense. Term I. See HIS 56260. Professors Carl Chrislock & Richard Nelson. INTERNATIONAL POLITICIANS. The powers behind f o r e i g n p o l i c y decisions i n t h e United S t a t e s , focusing upon t h e Cuban m i s s i l e c r i s i s and i t s r e s o l u t i o n ; t h e r o l e of e l i t e s and determinants of a l t e r n a Term I. See POL 85365. tives. Taught by D r . Norma Noonan. GAMES OF POLITICS. An approach t o t h e understanding of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and processes through simulation. Consideration of s t r e n g t h s and l i m i t a t i o n s of games a s media of teaching and learning. No preTerm II. See POL 85295. requisites. Taught by Dr. Milda Hedblom. INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT. Fundamental concepts and p r i n c i p l e s of management, r e l a t i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n a l g o a l s , o b j e c t i v e s and p o l i c i e s t o t h e planning and c o n t r o l processes. Behavioral, s t r u c t u r a l , t a s k M . O'ffalley. Term I. See BUS 21121, and resource considerations. ~ u m m b rWorkshops JAPANESE PRINTMAKING TOSHI YOSHIDA, c e l e b r a t e d Japanese printmaker, r e t u r n s t o Augsburg College f o r a three-week workshop August 5 t o 23. L i m i t e d t o t h i r t y students, t h e workshop provides an e x t r a o r d i n a r y o p p o r t u n i t y t o study t r a d i t i o n a l and contemporary approaches t o t h e unique a r t o f t h e Japanese wood-block p r i n t . The Augsburg workshop i s one o f f o u r throughout t h e U n i t e d States Member o f t h e t h i r d generawhich Mr. Yoshida i s teaching i n 1974. t i o n o f a r t i s t s i n t h e y o s h i d a f a m i l y , he has had more than 100 oneman shows i n t h e United States. H i s works a r e i n t h e permanent c o l l e c t i o n s o f many major museums, among them t h e Museum o f Modern A r t i n New York, t h e Museum o f Modern A r t i n Tokyo, t h e Museum o f Fine A r t s i n Boston, t h e A r t I n s t i t u t e o f Chicago, and t h e Sydney Museum i n Australia. Students may r e g i s t e r f o r t h e Yoshida Workshop under Printmaking I (ART 10223) o r Printmaking I 1 (ART 10368), depending upon previous experience. H U M A N RELATIONS URBAN NEW TOWNS. Comprehensive community planning i n t h e modern metropolis; t h e European experience; s t r u c t u r e s , processes and i s s u e s of community planning i n American c i t i e s ; Cedar-Riverside and D r . J o e l Torstenson. Term I. See SOC 94480. Jonathan. YOUTH WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM. Wilderness camping a s focus f o r building group, i n d i v i d u a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . The youth subculture; p r i n c i p l e s , techniques of youth work; wilderness camping s k i l l s ; leadership. (Canoe-trip l a b o r a t o r y i n Boundary Waters a r e a involves added costs.) Anthony Wagner. Term I o r Term II. See SOC 94256. HUMAN RELATIONS WORKSHOP. Understanding r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l and economic groups; developing s k i l l s ir. hpadling d i s c r i m i n a t i o n and b i a s and i n c r e a t i n g p o s i t i v e i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Minimum of 60 hours c l a s s and f i e l d work. F u l f i l l s t h e EDU 521 S t a t e Department Taught by of Education requirement of human r e l a t i o n s f o r t e a c h e r s . D r . Sheldon Fardig. See EDE 44488, EDS 45488. Note s p e c i a l dates. JAZZ AGING I N URBANIZED AMERICA. Demographic r e a l i t i e s of aging; sociol o g i c a l , p o l i t i c a l , economic and psychological a s p e c t s of aging. New o r g a n i z a t i o n a l and programmatic approaches i n t h e seventies. Taught by D r . Paul Steen. Term I. See SOC 94372, ORGANIZATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE. For persons d e s i r i n g t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n giving d i r e c t i o n t o s o c i a l change; l e d by James Scheibel of t h e Center f o r Urban Encounter. The n a t u r e of change, t h e understanding of power, t h e d e f i n i t i o n of i s s u e s , t h e implementation of change. Term II. See POL 85367 o r SOC 94367. THEMES IN HUMAN AUGSBURG JAZZ WORKSHOP. New t h i s y e a r , t h e Jazz Workshop w i l l be a one-week experience f o r jazz musicians and music d i r e c t o r s . Dates a r e June 16-21. With work i n performance, arranging and composing, t h e workshop w i l l be under t h e l e a d e r s h i p of Steve Wright, A r t i s t i n Residence a t Augsburg. College c r e d i t is a v a i l a b l e . For information write: Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404, CHOIR IDENTITY. I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y course i n psychology and l i t e r a t u r e emphasizing themes i n human i d e n t i t y a s found i n modern l i t e r a t u r e and i n p e r s o n a l i t y theory. Limited t o freshmen, sophomores and f i r s t - t e r m juniors. Taught by Lee Knefelkamp and See PSY 86395 315. Carole Widick. Term 11, evenings. SATEREN CHORAL WORKSHOP. This y e a r ' s workshop w i l l be h e l d June 16 through June 21. I n a d d i t i o n t o D r , Lee Sateren and D r . Dale Warland, guest composer w i l l be D r . Daniel Pinkham of t h e f a c u l t y of t h e New England Conservatory of Music, who i s a l s o music d i r e c t o r of h i s t o r i c King's Chapel i n Boston. College c r e d i t a v a i l a b l e . InforIMtion: Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404. 1 augsburg summer school application form eligibility FULL NAME : ---,--last----------first-----------rniddle PmQNS IN GOOD SR4AQlNG a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and universities, as we22 a s graduates of such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg S-r Sehoal. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t the s t u d e n t has been admitted t o a collage and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t d o n . SEX: MARITAL STATUS: Divorced - Single Married Widowed - - MF - STUDENTS AOEIITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r the F a l l Term o f the ~ u r ~ n t., year a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer School, a s a r e persons a d m i t t e d b y o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r the f a l l o f this year. PERMANENT ADDRESS : PRESENT ADDRESS: IP R B F U W ATTEw2?3NG or admitted to ataOthsr educaUonkX i n s t i t u t i o n , the applf cant must provide Rugsburg. S m m ~ f School w i t h a statement f m an appropriate o f f i c i a l of his college that k is in gmd standi n g and eligfble tn earn credits d u r i n g the summer ~ e s s i o n s . (A form for this purpose i s at the Bottom of this page.) C r e d i t s cannot be transferred u n t i l this mqwirementr has been f u l f i l l e d . o r maiden------ ........................... AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any) ----street----------/------~ity----------/----state------ ----county---------/----zip---/------telephone------------street ----------/-------city----------/----state---------county----------/----zip----/------telephone--------- PLEASE CHECK AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a student a t Augsburg College and have been since - I previously attended Augsburg Col 1ege [When?] Col l ege. Iam n o t an Augshurg student b u t attend I am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; L (have) (have n o t ) b e ~ nadmitted. - I have been admitted t o Augsburg as a Freshman for next Fa1Coll 1. ege. I have earned a bachelor's degree from - I plan t o attend Augsburg College o n l y Tor t h e Sumner School. So. - Jr. Sr. - Other. My PRESENT c l a s s i f i c a t i o n : - Fr. Fr. --So. - Jr. Sr. Other. C l a s s i f i c a t i o n SUMMER '74: . - OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. ACCEPTANCE a s a sunxner s t u d e n t does n o t i m p l y admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg College. Persons w i s h i n g t o b e g i n a degree program a t the c o l l e g e should apply f o r admission through the O f f i c e o f Admissions. - - - THE MAXIMUM LOAD f o r TERM I i s one course. I s two courses. The maximum f o r - TERM I 1 IPLAN TO TAKE THE FOLLOWING COURSES: approval form TERM fTkis form i s to be used by stuUeats regularly attending institutions other than kugsbuq College. Augsburg Summer School credits may be transferred to the student's home institution if approval is granted by that college or universitg.) ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE SECT. COURSE NO. DEPT. I Student's Name I f my above choices are cancelled, Iwould s u b s t i t u t e the following: College o r University The person named above i s a student i n good standing and i s permitted t o earn sumner school c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. Restrictions o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: Signature and T i t l e (Dean, R e g i s t r a r , o r o t h e r Responsible O f f i c e r ) (Return completed form to Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , Minneapolis, MN 55404 I I 1 1 . A non-refundable t u i t i o n deposit o f $30.00 must accompany t h i s form. A l l charges f o r TERM Imust Checks are payable t o Augsburg College. be p a i d i n f u l l n o t l a t e r than Tuesday, May 28, 1974. TERM 11 charges must be p a i d n o t l a t e r than June 24, 1974. Return t h i s form and deposit, t o S u n e r School , Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404. DATE: 1974 SIGNATURE:
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1973
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1973
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
NOTES AND QUlRlES The academic y e a r 1972-1973 marks t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . J a n u a r y , 1973, w i l l be t h e f i r s t l n t e r i m a t t h e Co l l ege. The I n t e r i m w i l l b e g i n on Wednesday, J a n u a r y 3...
Show more NOTES AND QUlRlES The academic y e a r 1972-1973 marks t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . J a n u a r y , 1973, w i l l be t h e f i r s t l n t e r i m a t t h e Co l l ege. The I n t e r i m w i l l b e g i n on Wednesday, J a n u a r y 3, 1973, and w i t 1 end o n Tuesday, J a n u a r y 30, 1973. R e q u i r e m e n t s and Course Load The l n t e r i m i s an o r g a n i c p a r t o f t h e c o l l e g e y e a r . Each s t u d e n t i s t o c o m p l e t e o n e l n t e r i m f o r each f u l l y e a r he i s e n r o l l e d a t Augsburg. A s t u d e n t may t a k e an I n t e r i m i n h i s m a j o r o r o u t s i d e h i s major. Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one l n t e r i m o f i t s m a j o r s , and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l l n t e r i m i n h i s m a j o r . Beyond t h e t w o l n t e r i m s i n h i s m a j o r each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c g l n t e r i m s outside h i s major. One l n t e r i m c o u r s e i s t h e l i m i t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic l o a d d u r i n g t h e one-month t e r m . Each d e p a r t m e n t a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one l n t e r i m c o u r s e t h a t w i l l , f u l f i l l t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graudation. Each i n s t r u c t o r d e t e r m i n e s t h e manner i n w h i c h he w i I l g r a d e t h e I n t e r i m . The g r a d i n g i s l i s t e d w i t h each l n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . T r a d i t i o n a l (A,B,C,D,F); P/NC; O p t i o n a l ( t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s a t t h e t i m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n e i t h e r t h e t r a d i t i o n a l o r P/NC.) Class Meetings An l n t e r i m c o u r s e s h o u l d make t h e same t i m e demands upon t h e s t u d e n t a s a s t a n d a r d semester c o u r s e . The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings i s n o t r i g i d l y fixed. S t u d e n t s , however, s h o u l d p l a n f o r i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n o f a b o u t t e n h o u r s p e r week. In addition, there w i l l be labs, f i e l d s t u d y , t r a v e l , r e a d i n g s , r e p o r t s , and p a p e r s . A l l l n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days o f t h e Interim. On-Campus Classes, Off-Campus C l a s s e s , Independent Study The f o l l o w i n g c a t a l o g u e l i s t s t h e l n t e r i m c o u r s e s a v a i l a b l e a t Augsburg. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e c o u r s e s , Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l f o r t h e i r l n t e r i m a t Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , o r S t . C a t h e r i n e s i n S t . P a u l . S h o u l d s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s a b o u t other-campus l n t e r i m s and , m a j o r requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e department chairman o f t h e i r major. Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s a b o u t other-campus l n t e r i m s and d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t an independent s t u d y program f o r t h e I n t e r i m . I f t h e y p l a n such, t h e y m u s t meet t h e d e p a r t m e n t ' s r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r independent s t u d y . They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e t l m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r t h e I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement f r o m t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who w i l l d i r e c - b t h e i r independent s t u d y program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t f v e o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g b i b l i o g r a p h y , f o r t h e independent s t u d y must be s u b m i t t e d t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r no l a t e r t h a n J a n u a r y 3, 1973. C l a s s Day The l n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o f o u r b l o c k s o f t i m e . These t i m e p e r i o d s a r e f l e x i b l e , b u t f o r t h e sake o f o p e n i n g s e s s i o n s t h e day i s b l o c k e d as f o l l o w s : C a n c e l l i n q and Adding F r i d a y , J a n u a r y 5, adding a course. 1973, i s t h e l a s t day f o r cancelling and Additional Questions S t u d e n t s w i t h p a r t i c u I at- q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e I.ntarlm: s:tigu.lzd c o n s u l t Dr. Mark D a v i s , I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , O l d Main 26, Ex,tension 577. Daaartment o f A r t 10250 L i f e Drawing qnd S c u l p t u r e A two-dimensional and t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l s t u d y o f t h e nude f i g u r e f o r none x p e r i e n c e d s t u d e n t s as w e l l as a r t s t u d e n t s . With a c h o i c e o f media i n drawing ( p e n c i l , c o n t e crayon, ink, c h a r c o a l , e t c . ) and a c h o i c e o f media i n s c u l p t u r e ( c l a y , p l a s t e r , p o l y e s t e r r e s i n , lead, wood). I n s t r u c t o r : Ho l e n D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grad i ng : Opt iona l Time: Room: No II Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g Film-making t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l 10231 Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n : No Fee: $50 Time: III Room: Lower l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g A n c i e n t and Modern (see F o r e i g n Language) Department o f B i o l o g y 20 1 10 Man and t h e Envi ronment The concept o f t h e ECOSYSTEM, l o o k i n g a t some o f i t s h o m e o s t a t i c mechanisms. The Impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h h i s u r b a n i z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n , and p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n . L a b o r a t o r y demons t r a t i o n o f l e c t u r e concepts. The p r e s e n t s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l w o r l d i n l i g h t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does n o t a p p l y toward t h e b i o l o g y major. I n s t r u c t o r : M i c k e l berg D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enro l I ment : 35 20353 Yes, urban Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I Room: 21 3 Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology A c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y d e a l i n g w i t h t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,distribution, b e h a v i o r , and p o p u l a t i o n dynamics o f t h e vertebrates. I n s t r u c t o r : R. H e r f o r t h Di s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Prerequisite: 112 General B i o l o g y Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I I and Lab 2:OO-4:30, Room: 205 M-Th 20471 C e l l u l a r Biology A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l f u n c t i o n w i t h u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work ' i n c l u d e s m i c r o - t e c h n i q u e , c y t o l o g - i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n ce l l p h y s i o l o g y and b i o c h e m i s t r y , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u - l t u r e . I n s t r u c t o r : Thorpe Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: No Enrol lment: 20 Prerequisite: 112, Chemistry 223 o r 351 Recommended - 367 20499 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I and Lab 1:OO-5:00 M,WJ F Room: 205 Independent Study I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an instructor. Intended f o r b i o l o g y m a j o r s . P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work. I n s t r u c t o r : Su l e r u d Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrollment: 15 P r e r e q u i s i t e : 112, and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Economics Business Education, and -Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21 131 Business Law Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e i n s t r u m e n t s , p r o p e r t y and business o r g a n i z a t i o n s under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. I n s t r u c t o r : Hei d e n r e i c h Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : Enrol l ment : 25 No Grad i ng : Opt i ona l 11.1 Time: Room: 23 -Business Education 33110 O f f i c e Technology O p e r a t i o n o f t r a n s c r r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and r e c o r d s management, i n t r o d u c t i o n t o d a t a p r o c e s s i n g , and e f f i c i e n t h a n d l i n g o f o f f i c e d u t i e s . Instructor: Lund Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : E n r o l lment: 25 22120 No Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I and I I , M,W,F Room: 10 Economics o f Urban Issues Study o f t h e economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f t h e many problems f a c i n g a metro; urban environment. Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n " C r i s i st'; D r a f t vs. an Al I-Vol u n t e e r Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n : D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems. Note: ECONOMICS 1 2 0 I S A BASIC COURSE DESIGNED FOR THOSE STUDENTS WHO DO NOT PLAN TO MAJOR I N E l THER ECONOM I CS, BUS l NESS ADM l N l STRAT l ON OR BUS~NESS EDUCATION. STUDENTS WHO PLAN TO MAJOR IN THE ABOVE THREE AREAS SHOULD ENROLL IN 122 AND 123 RATHER THAN 120. I n s t r u c t o r : D. H e r f o r t h D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment : 35 Yes, urban Grading: O p t i o n a l II Time: Room: 23 Department o f Chemistry 34246 T o p i c s i n Environmental Chemistry T h i s c o u r s e i s i n t e n d e d t o s e r v e p e o p l e i n a number o f f i e l d s who f e e l t h a t something s h o u l d be done about environmental decay and i s aimed n o t a t f u e l i n g t h e r h e t o r i c o f s l o g a n e e r s b u t r a t h e r a t enr i c h i ng t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l b a s i s o f a c t i o n s t h a t have t o - be t a k e n . We s h a l l assume t h a t i n t h i s area i t i s b e t t e r t o know something and a c t on t h a t r a t h e r t h a n t o know n o t h i n g and a c t s o l e l y o n emotion. We s h a l l aim t o l e a r n something o f t h e m a t e r i a l s t h a t a r e rui.ning us, where t h e y come from, and how emeshed we a l l a r e i n t h e i r origins. To t h i s end we shal l c o n s i d e r o u r m a j o r sources o f energy--both f o r mechanical energy and h e a t (e.g., o i l and c o a l ) and f o r o u r i n t e r n a l needs (food)--and see how v i r t u a l l y a l l o f t h e p r i n c i p a l p o l l u t a n t s o r i g i n a t e d i r e c t l y o r i n d i r e c t l y from t h i s As we move t h r o u g h t h e s e t o p i c s t h e i r p r i m a r y need f o r . e n e r g y . r e l a t i o n t o economics, p o l i t i c s , urban a f f a i r s , p o p u l a t i o n problems and o t h e r s w i l l b e g i n t o emerge. We hope t o use f i l m s , o u t s i d e speakers, f i e l d t r i p s , and i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t s t o supplement r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s , and c l a s s room d i s c u s s i o n s . Students e l e c t i n g t h i s c o u r s e a r e expected t o have a t l e a s t a h i g h school back- g language o f c h e m i s t r y i s assumed. I n s t r u c t o r : Holum D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 34353 Yes, urban g Grading: Optional Time: II Room: 320 Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s o f a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n by c h e m i s t r y majors, n o r m a l l y i n t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e i r sophomore y e a r . M e d i c a l t e c h n o l o g i s t s s h o u l d t a k e C h e m i s t r y 353. There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l l m e n t : 25 P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 106 o r 116 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: II Room: 315 34499 Independent Study I n o r d e r t o g i v e j u n i o r and s e n i o r c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s an o p p o r t u n i l - y t o pursue a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l , a t l e a s t one member o f t h e c h e m i s t r y f a c u l t y w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n o f r e s e a r c h problems a l r e d d y s t a r t e d , o r p a r t i c u l a r problems o f s y n t h e s i s o r ana l y s i s, o r t o p i c s l i ke polymers o r c o l l o i d s n o t covered i n d e p t h i n r e g u l a r courses. O f f campus a c t i v i t i e s such as r e s e a r c h a t Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o s u b m i t h i s p r o p o s a l f o r work. Grad i ng : Trad i t i ona l I n s t r u c t o r : A1 t o n Time: I Di s t r i b u t ion requ i rement : No Enrollment: 12 Room: 318 P r e r e q u i s i t e : J u n i o r o r s e n i o r Chemistry m a j o r Department o f E d u c a t i o n 44345 E a r l y Childhood Activit?:es Experience i n p l a n n i n g , implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s f o r Day Care C e n t e r f o r use i n n u r s e r y school and e a r l y c h i l d h o o d education. I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment: 20 44485 No G r a d i n g : P/NC Time: I Room: t l S t u d e n t Teaching O p p o r t u n i t y f o r e l e m e n t a r y classroom o b s e r v a t i o n s and e x p e r i e n c e s i n d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g a c t i v i t i e s under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and e l e m e n t a r y school p e r s o n n e l . Instructor: Pelton Grad i ng : P/DIF D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Time: TBA Enro l lment : 20 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g Secondary E d u c a t i o n 45375 Audio-Visual Internship The s t u d e n t w i l l be a s s i g n e d f u l l t i m e t o work c l o s e l y w i t h t h e Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r o f a p u b l i c sehool h a v i n g an o u t s t a n d i n g a u d i o v i s u a l department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have e x p e r i e n c e s i n a l l o f t h e f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n o f an a u d i o - v i s u a l department. I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment: 15 No Grad i ng : P/NC III Time: Room: L I 45420 lnnovations i n Education l n n o v a t i o n s i n E d u c a t i o n i s designed as a s t u d y o f new, i n t e r e s t i n g and p r o m i s i n g e d u c a t i o n a l programs and e s p e c i a l l y t h o s e t h a t a r e b e i n g c a r r i e d o u t i n t h e Upper Midwest. Students w i l l be i n v o l v e d b o t h on and o f f campus i n v e s t i g a t i n g i n n o v a t i v e ideas and o b s e r v i n g school programs, elementary and secondary, where t h e s e ideas a r e A smal l amount of t r a v e l expense and p o s s i b l y being c a r r i e d out. Some i n d i v i an o v e r n i g h t accommodation expense w i l l be necessary. d u a l i z a t i o n o f a s t u d e n t F s a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be p o s s i b l e . I n s t r u c t o r : Fard i g Grad i ng : P/NC I D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Time: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Room: S34 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Upperclass s t a n d i n g o r consent o f i n s t r u c t o r 45482 S t u d e n t Teaching E x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and i d r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f c o l l e g e and h i g h school p e r s o n n e l . T h i s c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d as an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r secondary c a n d i d a t e s t o s t u d e n t t e a c h a t a n o t h e r l e v e l and/or a d i f f e r e n t school s i t u a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : E. Johnson D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l lment: 15 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r Grad i ng : P/D/F Time: II Room: L I Department o f Eng l i sh 54241 Science F i c t i o n A c o u r s e d e a l i n g w i t h s c i e n c e f i c t i o n n o v e l s and s h o r t s t o r i e s . W h i l e r e a d i n g s w i l l i n c l u d e n i n e t e e n t h and e a r l y t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y works, t h e m a j o r emphasis o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f l e a d i n g s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t e r s and works o f t o d a y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e modern technological society. I n s t r u c t o r : Palosaari D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 54251 Yes Grading: Optional Time: II Room: 25 The l nd i an i n American L i t e r a t u r e Examination o f t h e a t t i t u d e s t o w a r d and images o f t h e l n d i a n and h i s e x p e r i e n c e from w h i t e and l n d i a n p o i n t s o f view. Primary m a t e r i a l w i l l be b o t h w h i t e and n a t i v e American w r i t i n g s . American I n d i a n r e s o u r c e p e o p l e w i l l be i n v o l v e d , Instructor: Nicholl D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 54281 Yes Grad i ng : O b t i o n a 1 Time: II Room: 21 The S h o r t S t o r y I n t e r n a t i o n a l Readings and d i s c u s s i o n s o f s h o r t s t o r i e s , p r i m a r i l y o u t s i d e t h e B r i t i s h and American t r a d i t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Dahlen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enro l l ment : 30 5436 1 Yes Grad i ng : O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 25 Advanced W r i t i n g Workshop A c o u r s e designed t o enhance s k i l l s i n t h e w r i t i n g o f b o t h p r o s e and p o e t r y . I n s t r u c t o r : L i v i ngston D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 15 Grad i ng : OPti ona l 54371 No Time: III Room: 22 Prerequisite; I l l and 219 o r consent o f instructor Contemporary M u l t i - M e d i a S a t i r e A f t e r a b r i e f i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s a t i r i c traditions o f Horace, Juvenal, and S w i f t , t h e c o u r s e w i l l proceed t o an i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f present-day s a t i r i s t s w o r k i n g i n t h e v a r i o u s media: books, magaz i n e s , records, cinema, and t e l e v i s i o n . Some o f t h e s a t i r i s t s t o be s t u d i e d i n c l u d e : P h i l i p Wylie, Tom Wolfe, T e r r y Southern, Lenny Bruce, D i c k Gregory, Tom Lehrer, N a t h a n i e l Benchley, and whatever TV and movie s c e n a r i s t s happen t o be c u r r e n t and/or a v a i l a b l e . T o p i c s f o r d i s c u s s i o n w i l l i n c l u d e modern s a t i r e ' s d e b t t o t h e p a s t , i t s p o s s i b l e c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e f u t u r e , and i t s advantages and d i s a d v a n t a g e s as a t o o l t o mend mankind. I n s t r u c t o r : Wood D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 54445 Yes Grading: Optional Tlme: I Room: 2 1 P o t p o u r r i : Read i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an o p p o r t u n i t y t o r e a d some o f t h o s e b o o k s w a t he has been i n t r o d u c e d t o b u t which he has n o t been a b l e t o read. The s t u d e n t w i l l d e t e r m i n e h i s r e a d i n g l i s t i n consultation with the instructor. I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l l ment : 15 Prerequi s i t e : j u n i o r o r s e n i o r standing Time: I Room: L201 Grad i ng : O p t i ona l Department of Fore igm Lang uags French 70244 French L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n The passions (good and bad) i n human n a t u r e as r e f l e c t e d I n r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works o f French 1 i t e r a t u r e t o be read i n translation. I n s t r u c t o r : Johnson Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: Enrol lment: 25 Grad i ng : o p t i o n a l Time: Ill Room: 8 70453 Yes French Short S t o r y The Frenchman r e v e a l s h i m s e l f and h i s c u l t u r e through t h e s h o r t f i c t i o n a l masterpieces c a l led I1le contet1 o r !'la nouvel let!. Reading o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works w i l l a l so show how t h e French w r i t e r has become a master o f h i s a r t . I n s t r u c t o r : Aaskov D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 25 Grad i ng : o p t i ona l Time: II Room: 4 Yes Prerequ i s i t e : l ntermed i a t e French o r perm i ss i on o f instructor German 72333 Contemporary Germany Survey o f l i f e i n present-day Germany: s o c i a l , economic, and p o l i t i c a l problems, l i v i n g standards, medical oare, education, s t a t u s symbols, t h e g e n e r a t i o n gap, t h e s t u d e n t scene, urban problems, p o l l u t i o n , d r a f t r e s i s t a n c e , etc., w l t h emphasis on changes i n l i f e - s t y l e s i n c e M a t e r i a l s f rom t h e c u r r e n t p r e s s and o t h e r med i a . World War I I . I n s t r u c t o r : Dyl e r D i s t r i b u t i o n requlrement; Yes Enrollment: 25 Prerequisite: I n t e r m e d i a t e German o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Grad i ng : o p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 4 Foreign Language(continued) Linguistics 54299 I n t r o d u c t o r y L i ngu i s t i c s An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o l i n g u i s t i c a n a l y s i s and general l i n g u i s t i c p r i n c i p l e s , w i t h focus on l i n g u s i ~ s t i cuniversa1.s ( o r g a n i z a t i o n a l p r i n c i p l e s and f e a t u r e s common t o a l l languages) and p s y c h o l i n g u i s t i c s ( i n q u i r y i n t o t h e mechanisms o f language l e a r n i n g and t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e mind as revealed i n language). T h e o r e t i c a l q u e s t i o n s w i I l be approached by studying samples o f v a r i o u s languages. I n s t r u c t o r : S t e i nmetz D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrol lment: 25 Grading: o p t i o n a l Time: II Room: 8 Yes Span i sh 76231 Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n : Ancient and Modern Travel t o t h e major c e n t e r s o f Mexico w i t h r e l e v a n t c u l t u r a l and h i s t o r i c a l s t u d i e s . Emphasis upon t h e study o f language and t h e v i s u a l a r t s . Cross l i s t e d w l t h t h e A r t Department and team-taught by members o f t h e spanlsh Department and t h e A r t Department. I n s t r u c t o r s : Ki ngs I ey, Rozenta l s, Thompson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes ( f o r e i g n language o r f i n e a r t s ) Enrollment: 40 Grading: o p t i o n a l General Studies 58299 I t ' s How You Play t h e Game 1 n . l e c t u r e and l a b an experimental e x p l o r a t i o n i n t o t h e s t r u c t q r e , t h e o r y , and .playing o f games. Emphasis w i l l be on board and s i m u l a t l i o n games-I n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be study o f t h e s e l e c t i o n and both o l d and new. p r o d u c t i o n o f games s o l d commercially. The course w i l l conclude w i t h p a r t l c i p a n t s p r e p a r l n g a game o f t h e i r own. I n s t r u c t o r : Gustaf son D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 30 Grad i ng: Opt i ona l Time: II Room: 27 No Department o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 55482 Coaching o f S p o r t s Theory and t e c h n i q u e s o f coaching. injuries. P r e v e n t i o n and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c I n s t r u c t o r s : Car i s, Nel son, Peterson, Raymond Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : No E n r o l l m e n t : 40 ( l i m i t e d t o j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s ; o t h e r s w i t h p e r m i s s i o n o f in s t r u c t o r Grad i ng : Trad it iona l Time: II Room: GI2 55483 Contemporary Hea l t h Prob l ems A n a l y s i s i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. I n c l u d e s v i s i t s by h e a l t h r e s o u r c e e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t s o f a number o f community h e a l t h programs. I n s t r u c t o r s : P f a f f , Saugestad D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No Enrol lment: 35 Grading: O p t i o n a l I Time: Room: GI2 Department o f Hi s t o r y 56250 French Hi s t o r y f o r Students and Trave l l e r s A study o f French h i s t o r y from t h e t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y Renaissance t h r o u g h t h e Napoleonic Era. The c u l t u r a l emphasis w i l l come from readings, a u d i o - v i s u a l a i d s , and o u t s i d e resource people. There w i l l be an emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e as an e x p r e s s i o n o f a c i v i l i z a t i o n . Instructor: Gisselquist D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l II Time: Room: 7 56350 Yes How t h e H i s t o r i a n Works An i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n t o t h e w r i t i n g o f h i s t o r y . Students w i l l e v a l u a t e t h e use o f evidence, t y p e s o f sources, and t h e v a r i o u s forms o f c r i t i c i s m which h i s t o r i a n s use i n t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis w i l l be g i v e n t o t e n d e n t i o u s h i s t o r i e s and i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f well-known personal i t i e s whose l i fe and work a r e known o n l y t h r o u g h secondary sources . I n s t r u c t o r : Nelson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment: 30 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l III Time: Room: 7 No Department o f Mathematics 61141 Mathematics: A Human Endeavor A modern approach o t t h e s t u d y o f . f u n d a m e n t a l i d e a s o f mathematics w i t h an emphasis on i t s beauty and i t s power. Deisgned f o r . s t u d e n t s w i t h a m i m i ma 1 background i n mat hemati cs. I n s t r u c t o r : Durkee D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l ment: 35 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 212 61361 Yes A p p l i c a t i o n s o f M a t r i x Algebra An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m a t r i x a l g e b r a and p r o b a b i l i t y w i t h a p p l i c a t i o n t o game t h e o r y , graphs, and networks. I n s t r u c t o r : Persons D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrol lment: 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: II Room: 212 P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Mathematics 121 o r 124 Department o f Mus 1 c A,survey o f music o u t s l d e t h e European a r t tradition, e..g., music, A f r i c a n muslc, Afro-American music. I n s t r u c t o r : Metzker D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: En r o l l ment : 30 Grad i ng : Trad i t lona l Time: Ill Room: M20 82270 Oriental Yes Folk Music of t h e Southeastern U.S. An e x p l o r a t i o n of t h e o r i g i n s and t r a d l t i o n s o f American f o l k music i n t h e southeastern q u a r t e r o f t h e U.S. Study w i l l a l s o focus on t h e i n fluence of t h a t f o l k music on contemporary f o l k music. Travel t o t h e c e n t e r s o f American f o l k music t r a d i t i o n i s a p a r t o f t h e study. I n s t r u c t o r : Sateren D i s t r i b u t i o n requi rement: Yes Enrollment: L i m i t e d t o members of t h e Augsburg Cholr Grad i ng : P/NC 82390 Chamber Music Workshop The study and performance of chamber music o f t h e c l a s s i c , romantic, and comtemporary eras. Included i s any combination f o r s t r i n g s , woodwinds, and piano. Instructor: Vuicich Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : No Enrollment: L i m i t e d t o competent musical performers. Grad i ng : P/NC Time: IV Room: M I I 82395 See i n s t r u c t o r . Opera Workshop The p r e p a r a t i o n and performance o f an opera. I n s t r u c t o r s : Gabrielsen, Johnson, V u i c i c h D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No Enrol lment: L i m i t e d t o competent musical performers. Grad i ng : Time: II Room: MI I See i n s t r u c t o r . Department o f Music 82410 Electronic Techniques i n Musical C m p o s l t l o n Contemporary approach t o musical composltion using sounds c r e a t e d by t r a d i t i o n a l instruments, unconventional sources, and e l e c t r o n i c devices, I n c l u d i n g a synthesizer. Sounds created, manipulated, and organized I n t o I n d i v i d u a l forms o f a u r a l a r t . Theories and techniques o f e l e c t r o n i c composltion a r e s t u d i e d I n a c t u a l practice. I n s t r u c t o r : Karlen Distribution requirement: Enrol lment: 30 Grad i ng : P/NC Time: III Room: MI I No Department o f Philosophy 83 1 10 Great Phi losophers o f Athens I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p h l losophy through t h e study o f t h e t e a c h i n g s o f Socrates, Plato, and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w l l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t these men played i n developing Ideas b a s l c t o Western c l v i l l z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g c o n t r l b u t i o n s on t o p l c s such as t h e n a t u r e o f t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge. I n s t r u c t o r : Bai l e y D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 40 Grad i ng : Opt iona l Time: III Room: 213 83390 Yes The Nature o f t h e M y s t l c V i s i o n A study o f t h e w r i t i n g s o f several o f t h e g r e a t mystical, p h i l o s o p h e r s o f t h e Western T r a d i t i o n , w i t h a view t o e i t h e r ( a ) uncovering t h e i r b a s i c p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s and/or ( b ) comparing them w i t h t h e m y s t i c a l t r a d i t i o n i n t h e Orient. I n s t r u c t o r : Fuehrer D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 25 Grading: t r a d i t i o n a l Tlme: II Room: 2 No Department o f P h y s i c s 84 16 1 Understand i ng t h e Weather An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s weather, i t s causes and c h a r a c t e r . Designed f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n weather and weather p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s course assumes no p r i o r s c i e n c e o r mathematics background. T o p i c s t o be discussed i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f sun, e a r t h and atmosphere; i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s such as t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s and p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; unusual c o n d i t i o n s I i ke t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ; t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r weather m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f weather on p o l l u t i o n . P o s s i b l e course a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n and f o r e c a s t i n g , f i e l d t r i p s and g u e s t speakers. I n s t r u c t o r : E r i ckson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 35 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: II Room: 22 84322 Yes R a d i a t i o n D e t e c t i o n and Measurements A s t u d y o f r a d i o a c t i v i t y f r o m b o t h an e x p e r i m e n t a l and t h e o r e t i c a l basis. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e u s i n g v a r i o u s d e t e c t i o n and measurement systems f o r b o t h charged p a r t i c l e and gamma r a d i a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h i s o t o p i c n e u t r o n sources f o r t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f r a d i o i s o t o p e s . P r o d u c t i o n o f r a d i o a c t i v e isotopes, energy and h a l f - l i f e measurement, c o u n t i n g s t a t i s t i c s , a b s o r p t i o n and m o d e r a t i o n o f r a d i a t i o n , s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n , n e u t r o n a c t i v a t i o n a n a l y s e s and h e a l t h p h y s i c s c o n s i d e r a t i o n . The c o u r s e i s planned t o be a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h t h e S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n o f Oak Ridge A s s o c i a t e d U n i v e r s i t i e s . S u b j e c t t o a p p r o v a l o f t h e P h y s i c s Department and t h e O.R.A.U. The c o u r s e w i l l be t a u g h t i n Special T r a i n i n g f u l l o r i n p a r t a t t h e l a b o r a t o r i e s o f t h e O.R.A.U. D i v i s i o n , Oak Ridge, Tennessee. -- I n s t r u c t o r : Paulson Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: No Enrollment: 15 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 22 Fees: T r a v e l expense t o Oak Ridge, Tennessee Department o f Psycho l o g y 86215 Mechanisms o f Animal Behavior The course w i l l examine animal b e h a v i o r from lower a n i m a l s ( i n v e r t e b r a t e s ) t h r o u g h humans. M a j o r t o p i c s w i l l i n c l u d e b e h a v i o r a l e v o l u t i o n , b e h a v i o r a l development, and s o c i a l b e h a v i o r i n b o t h animal s and humans. ( P r i o r s t u d y o f psychology and/or b i o l o g y w i l l be h e l p f u l t o t h e s t u d e n t b u t i s n o t a s t r i c t requirement.) I n s t r u c t o r : Ferguson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrol lment: 25 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 205 86370 Yes Creativity C o o p e r a t i v e group i n q u i r y i n t o f a c t o r s and c o n d i t i o n s t h a t c o n t r i b u t e toward c r e a t i v e b e h a v i o r and t h a t make such b e h a v i o r more p o s s i b l e and l i k e l y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a p p r o p r i a t e d e s c r i p t i o n and d e f i n i t i o n o f c r e a t i v e b e h a v i o r . A c t i v e o b s e r v a t i o n o f persons, a c t i v i t i e s , and p r o d u c t s t h a t may a i d u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e c r e a t i v e process. I n s t r u c t o r : D. Johnson D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrol lment: 25 Grad i ng : P/NC Time: II Room: 2 13 A d d i t i o n a l Costs: $25-$50 f o r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , m a t e r i a l s and admission t o Twin C i t y i n s t i t u t e s and performances Department o f P o l i t i c a l Science 85250 Arner i can Pos i ti ve S t a t e The p o l i t i c s o f p u b l i c a d m i n i s t r a t i o n and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y - m a k i n g i n t h e American w e l f a r e - w a r f a r e s t a t e : governmental r e g u l a t i o n , p r o m o t i o n and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and e x o n m i c i n t e r a c t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Stenshoe l D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes E n r o l l ment : 30 Grad i ng : Opt iona I Time: I I and I l l , Mon., Thurs. Room: S34 85358 The Urban Powerful Study o f t h e l i n k s between t h e urban p o w e r f u l and t h e e l e c t e d s t a t e policy-makers, t a k i n g t h e Twin C i t i e s - M i n n e s o t a l e g i s l a t u r e as a case s t u d y . E x p l o r a t i o n o f who speaks f o r t h e urban area, t h r o u g h what communication channels, w i t h what messages by means o f s i m u l a t i o n , f i e l d work i n t h e c i t y and a t t h e s t a t e l e g i s l a t u r e , and seminar sessions. I n s t r u c t o r : Hedblom D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l ment : 30 Grad i ng : P/NC II Time: Room: 19 85385 Yes (Urban) L i f e S t y l e s i n Soviet Society: Focus o n Youth Study c o u r s e conducted i n t h e U.S.S.R., emphasizing t h e theme o f t h e r o l e s , a t t i t u d e s , mores, i n t e r e s t s , o c c u p a t i o n s , and a c t i v i t i e s o f S o v i e t youth. I n s t r u c t o r : Noonan D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : Yes E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l P r e r e q u i s i t e s : P.S. 351 ( f o r m e r l y 51) and p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Russ i an l ang uage recommended b u t not required. . Department o f Re l i q i o n 8736 1 Church F a t h e r s The development o f some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e t i m e o f t h e Aposto l i c F a t h e r s t h r o u g h Aug.ust,i ne. Instructor: O l l i l a D i s t r i b u t i o n requirementt E n r o l l m e n t : 35 . P r e r e q u i s i t e : 1 1 1 o r 22'1 Gradi ng : Opt ionail Time: I Room: S22 Yes , 87370 Myth: I t s F u n c t i o n and Meaning A s t u d y o f s e v e r q ) myths o f e y i l from t h e v i e w p o i n t o f t h e i r s o c i a l and p s y c h o l o g i ~ a l function, t o g e t h g r w i t h a phenomenological a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r meaning. Myths t o be c o n s i d e r e d a r e : The B a b y l o n i a n Creat i o n Myth (Enuma E l i s h ) , fhe Adqmic Myth o f t h e B i b l e , Sophoclesl Oedipus Rex ( t r a g i c myth), and t h e O r p h i c ~ ~ to fh t'h e Greeks. Viewp o i n t s t a k e n w i l l be t h o s e a f s e l e c t e d a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s , p s y c h o a n a l y s t s ( e s p e c i a l l y Freud), and t h e p h a n ~ r n g n o l p 9 i s t s , M i r c e a E l i a d e and Paul Ri coeur. I n s t r u c t o r : Benson D i s t r i but ion 'requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 25 P r e r e q u i s i t e - : 111 o r .I21 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: II Room: 18 87486 Yes The R e l i g i o u s l m a g i n a t l o n i n Modern ' L i t e r a t u r e S e l e c t e d n o v e l s and p l a y s used a s t h e b a s i s f o r d i s c u s s i n g t h e a r t i s t ' s development o f images f o r God and t h e r e l i g i o u s l i f e . I n s t r u c t o r : Skl bbe Di s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : E n r o l lment: 35 P r e r e q u i s i t e : 1 1 1 o r 221 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 212 Yes Department o f S o c i o l o g y 941 1 1 Human Community and t h e Modern Mefropo l i s ' An i n n o v a t i v e l o o k a t t h e dynamics and p o t e n t i a l s f o r community i n t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s by f o c u s i n g upon an i s s u e o f c u r r e n t community concern i n t h e Twin C i t y M e t r o p o l i t a n Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l become a p a r t o f t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n decision-making p r o c e s s by i n v o l v i n g thems e l v e s i n g r o u p s o r w i t h persons a t t e m p t i n g t o i n f l u e n c e t h e process. For example, had t h e i n t e r i m been o f f e r e d i n January 1972, t h e course c o u l d have focused upon t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n o f an I n d i a n C e n t e r on p a r k land o r m i n o r i t y h i r i n g i n a m u n i c i p a l f i r e department. Background r e a d i n g w i I I be assigned t o p r o v i d e a conceptual framework b u t p r i m a r y emphasis w i l l be on p a r t i c i p a n t o b s e r v a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Nelson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 35 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 28 94257 Yes (Urban) V o l u n t e e r S e r v i c e and Independent Study With f a c u l t y approval, s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . O p p o r t u n i t y t o know s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y systems, and c a r e e r aspects i n t h e h e l p i n g vocations. lndependent s t u d y w i t h a t e r m paper r e p o r t and r e v i e w conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores . I n s t r u c t o r : Steen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrol lment: 12 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 23 94357 No B a s i c S k i l l s i n Casework o r Groupwork A f u l l - t i m e f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l agency f o r l e a r n i n g by p r a c t i c e casework o r groupwork. I n s t r u c t o r : Steen D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i rement: E n r o l lment: 12 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I Room: 23 No Department o f Speech, Communication, 98354 and T h e a t e r A r t s I n t e r p e r s o n a l Communication An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e dynamics o f i n t e r p e r s o n a l comnunication. I n s t r u c t o r : Anderson Distribution requirement: E n r o l lment: 25 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 43 98255 Yes Black Theater A h i s t o r i c a l s u r v e y o f American B l a c k T h e a t e r w i t h emphasis on r e c e n t works. I n s t r u ' c t o r : 0 l son ' O i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i rement: E n r o l lment: 25 Grad i n g : Opt iona l Time: II Room: 40 98285 No T h e a t e r P r a c t icum Students accepted f o r t h i s course w l l l work f u l l - t i m e on t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f a play. I n s t r u c t o r : Cole D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: TBA No 94379 L l f e and C u l t u r e o f American l n d l a n s An a t t e m p t t o understand t h e l i f e and c u l t u r e o f t h e American I n d i a n t h r o u g h f i e l d t r i p s and v i s i t s , speakers, and r e a d i n g s . A l t h o u g h t h e form o f t h e i n t e r i m may v a r y from y e a r t o year, t h e i n t e n t i s t o l i m i t t h e scope o f t h e course t o u n d e r s t a n d i n g a few a s p e c t s o f I n d i a n l i f e i n depth. I n s t r u c t o r : Gerasimo D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l lment: 15 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: II Room: L201 Fee: Trave 1 expense t o r e s e r v a t i o n s i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota 94480 The New-Town Movement and the.Modern M e t r o p o l i s A s t u d y o f such new-towns as Columbia, Maryland, Jonathan, and CedarR i v e r s i d e , Minnesota. An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e i r r o l e L i n t h e p l a n n i n g and development o f comprehensive communities i n modern m e t r o p o l i t a n r e g i o n s . A v i s i t t o COI umbia Maryland, w i 1 l supp lement more i n t e n s i v e s t u d y o f t h e Jonathan and Cedar-Riverside developments. Background r e a d i n g on t h e New Town movement i n Europe w i 1 l p r o v i d e conceptual framework f o r t h e study. I n s t r u c t o r : Torstenson D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrol 1 ment : 20 II Time: Room: 28 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Upperclass s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n on i n s t r u c t o r Grading: O p t i o n a l - AUGSBURG COLLEGE ST. OLAF COLLEGE INTERIM ABROAD 3 t o 31 JANUARY 1973 ART: The A r t s o f Norway. ASIAN STUDIES: $625 Drama i n Japan. Tokyo, Osaka, and Kyoto. BIOLOGY: Human Ecology i n I s r a e l . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one semester o f b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e . $800 CLASSICS: Mediterranean C u l t u r e . ECONOMICS-POLITICAL SCIENCE: S w i t z e r l and and I t a l y. $625 ENGLISH-SPEECH: $895 one semester o f b i o l o g y and Greece w i t h C r e t e . $675 Systems and I n s t i t u t i o n s i n England, T h e a t e r i n London. France, $625 FRENCH: T h e a t e r , C i v i l i z a t i o n , Language. P a r i s . Planned p a r t i c u l a r l y f o r s t u d e n t s c o n t i n u i n g i n t o t h e Term i n Avignon b u t open t o o t h e r s a d e q u a t e l y p r e p a r e d i n t h e language. $600 GERMAN: T h e a t e r , C i v i l i z a t i o n , Language. Vienna. Planned f o r s t u d e n t s c o n t i n u i n g i n t o t h e Term i n Germany b u t open t o o t h e r s adequate1 y p r e p a r e d i n t h e language. $600 INTERDISCIPLINARY: London. $625 MUSIC: E n g l i s h and I r i s h F o l k s o n g and Folkdance. C o n c e r t s , Operas, Music H i s t o r y . NURSING: RELIGION: Munich, S a l z b u r g , Vienna. H e a l t h Care D e l i v e r y Systems i n Norway and Denmark. POLITICAL SCIENCE: Youth i n S o c i a l i s t S o c i e t y . C h r i s t i a n Rome. Principal location $625 $800 $625 SPANISH: I n t e n s i v e Language Program ( i n t e r m e d i a t e ) i n Cuernavaca. including transportation. SPANISH: l n t e n s i ve Language Program (advanced) i n Cuernavaca. cluding transportation. SPANISH-ART: $625 Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n . $325, n o t $335, n o t i n - $450 The c o s t s a r e based on r o u n d - t r i p c h a r t e r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n between M i n n e a p o l i s and Europe, i n t e r - E u r o p e a n t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , accommodation and t w o m e a l s p e r day, p r o r a t i n g o f f a c u l t y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , e n t r a n c e f e e s t o performances, i nsurar~ce and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e fee.
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1972
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1972
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
SUMMER SCHOOL 1972 I ELIGIBILITY I Assistant Registrar PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , as w e l l a s graduates o f such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Auqsburg Summer S c...
Show more SUMMER SCHOOL 1972 I ELIGIBILITY I Assistant Registrar PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , as w e l l a s graduates o f such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Auqsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n d r o p p e d by that institution. STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Auqsburq C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term o f t h e c u r r e n t y e a r a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a -r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d b y o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e f a l l o f t h i s year. + - - - I F REGULARLY ATTENDING o r a d m i t t e d t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , the a p p l i c a n t m u s t p r o v i d e A u g s b u r g Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t f r o m an a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s . (A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m o f t h i s page.) C r e d i t s c a n n o t be t r a n s f e r r e d un t i 1 t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l w o r k s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y u n d e r s p e c i a l circumstances. OTHER - - 1 TERM I - Six Weeks JUNE 1 June 1 2 t h r o u g h J u l y 21 TERM I 1 - Four Weeks J u l y 24 t h r o u g h A u g u s t 1 8 AUGUST I 18 19 20 25 26 27 2 3 4 9 10 11 16 17 18 21 28 5 12 19 22 29 6 13 20 23 24 30 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 -- ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e . Persons wishing t o b e g i n a degree program a t the c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h the O f f i c e o f Admissions. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL NPROWL FORM T h i s f o r m i s t o be u s e d b y s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r t h a n A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . A u g s b u r y Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may be t r a n s f e r r e d t o the s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by that college o r university. 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3031 1 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 7 8 6 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 . S t u d e n t ' s Name College o r University The person named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g a t t h i s i n s t i t u t i o n and i s permitted t o earn Summer School c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. SUMMER STUDENTS may earn u p t o s e v e n t e e n T e r m C r e d i t s i n the t w o The f i r s t s m e r t e r m p e r m i t s s m e r s e s s i o n s a t Augsburg College. p a r t i c i p a n t s t o a c h i e v e as many as t e n c r e d i t s over a p e r i o d o f s i x weeks. For the s e c o n d summer t e r m , l a s t i n g f o u r w e e k s , t h e n o r m a l maximum l o a d i s seven c r e d i t s . PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand a r e subject t o cancellation. - R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: I 1 - Date . . . - ( R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d form t o Summer S c h o o l , * A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 5 5 4 0 4 ) "1 - I1 I I ABOUT SUMMER COURSE directly AUGSBURG'S SUMMER URBAN PROGRAM p r o v i d e s an o u t s t a n d i n g and e x c i t i n g a r r a y o f c o u r s e s t o s a t i s f y t h e s t u d e n t who r e c o g n i z e s t h e c r u c i a l i m p o r t a n c e o f t h e c i t y i n c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e and v a l u e s and who w i s h e s t o d e e p e n h i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e problems and t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f u r b a n e x i s t e n c e . T h i s summer's o f f e r i n g s i n c l u d e : 8 1 i n Term Credits, PROJECTED COURSE OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d o n t h e f o l l o w i n g pages. Courses w i t h f o u r - d i g i t numbers a r e Augsburg c o u r s e s ; t h o s e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h t h r e e d i g i t s followed b y a l e t t e r are o f f e r e d a t Concordia College, S t P a u l . Augsburg s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r work o n b o t h campuses. AUGSBURG COURSES i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s a r e t h o s e whose l a s t two d i g i t s a r e 50 o r a b o v e ; f o r c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s s e e t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f Augsburg C o l l e g e Now. Concordia o f f e r i n g s numbered 300 and h i g h e r a r e s i m i l a r l y i n t e n d e d f o r u p p e r - d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ; c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e found i n t h e C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e C a t a l o g . THE CITY IN AMERICAN LITERATURE. E n g l i s h 5490. 5 cr. An examina- MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT. B i o l o g y 2010. 5 C r . A p e r i p h e r a l v i e w t i o n o f a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y : i t s a c c e p t a n c e , c r i t i c i s m , o r rej e c t i o n b y p o e t s , novelists, and e s s a y i s t s i n the U n i t e d S t a t e s i n t h e 1 9 t h and 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s . o f e c o s y s t e m i n t r i c a c i e s and an e x a m i n a t i o n o f human d i s r u p t i o n s : problems o f p o p u l a t i o n and urbani z a t i o n ; a i r and w a t e r p o l l u t i o n ; r a d i o a c t i v i t y , etc. R e l e v a n c e o f the C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Discussion, l a b o r a t o r y work and f i e l d s u r v e y . CHANGES I N SUMMER SCHOOL r e g i s t r a t i o n m u s t b e made a t the Summer School O f f i c e . No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r t h e t h i r d m e e t i n g o f a d a y t i m e c l a s s o r a f t e r the second m e e t i n g o f an e v e n i n g c l a s s . : ORGAN1ZING F 0 R SOCIAL CHANGE. Sociology 9467 o r Pol. Sci 8567. 4 C r . C o m u n i t y o r g a n i z a t i o n sem- SHOULD A STUDENT WITHDRAW from a c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e F i r s t Summer Term, he m u s t do s o a t t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e n o t l a t e r t h a n Thursday o f the f i f t h week o f the t e r m . F i h a l w i t h d r a w a l d a t e f o r the Second Term i s Monday o f t h e f o u r t h week. T i m e l y w i t h d r a w a l o b v i a t e s an "F" grade. ,t ENVIRONMENTAL ESTHETICS. A r t 1002. 5 C r . F i n e a r t s i n t h e i n a r l e d b y W i l l i a m Grace o f t h e C e n t e r f o r Urban E n c o u n t e r . Foc u s i n g on t h e n a t u r e o f change, the u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f power, and the d e f i n i n g o f i s s u e s , t h e c o u r s e i s intended f o r persons wishing t o participate i n giving direct i o n t o s o c i a l change. urban and w o r l d s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the c u l t u r a l l i f e o f t h e community l e a d i n g toward a p p r e c i a t i o n and cri tici sm. MODERN URBAN COWlUNITY. Sociology T h e c u l t u r a l and 9459. 5 C r . Cr. An f n v e s t i g a t i o n of econmic i m p l i c a t i o n s of cantemmrary prob; rh lems of ci ti es and m e t r o p l i ta? areas. t o p i c s co.?sidered : \*an a i l - v o l u n t e e r a-rmy; p p u i a t i o n ;y " c r i s i ~ " ;i n c o m e d i s t r i b u ~ o n ; free bread; mass t r a n s i t s g s t e m s . I VALUES a t Augsburg C o l l e g e a r e measured interchangeable w i t h Quarter Credits. COURSES HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY. Educ a t i o n 4486, 4586, o r Sociology Understanding 9486. 4 O r 5 C r . r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l , economic groups; s k i l l i n dealing w i t h discriminat i o n and d e h u m a n i z i n g b i a s e s , and i n creating learning experiences t o a i d p o s i ti ve i n t e r p e r s o n a l rel a t io m . Mu1 ti -media approach : connnuni t y r e s o u r c e p e o p l e , simul a t i o n , f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e , TV m i c roteaching, assessment methods. . s o c i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n o f the c i t y i n h i s t o r i c a l perspective; the f o r m s , p r o c e s s e s , and problems o f the modern m e t r o p o l i s . THE URBAN POWERFUL. Political Science 8558. 5 C r . E x a m i n a t i o n o f power i n t h e u r b a n c o m n u n i t y . Ana Z y s i s i n c l u d e s v a r i o u s m o d e l s o f power, a n i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f the p o w e r f u l , t h e i r b a s e s o f power, and their u s e s o f power i n developing p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . INDEPENDENT S T U D Y , w h i l e n o t l i s t e d among t h e c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s , may b e pursued d u r i n g t h e summer i n a number o f d e p a r t m e n t s . For i n f o r m a t i o n c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e . The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t t o c a n c e l l i s t e d c o u r s e s . SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee o f $10.00, p l u s T u i t i o n o f $32.00 per c r e d i t . Laboratory fees are charged f o r some courses. In the case o f Applied Music, p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n fees amount t o $30.00 p e r c r e d i t i n a d d i t i o n t o the T u i t i o n and General Fee. A TUITION DEPOSIT o f $30.00 must accompany the A p p l i c a t i o n & Preregist r a t i o n Form. This d e p o s i t i s refundable o n l y i f the courses l i s t e d by t h e student, i n c l u d i n g a1 ternates, should be cancel led. ALL CHARGES are t o be p a i d i n f u l l p l e t e d on the f i r s t day o f each term. when Final. R e g i s t r a t i o n i s com- I F A STUDENT DECIDES TO CANCEL r e g i s t r a t i o n , a r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n i s allowed according t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: FIRST TERM: June 13-16, 80%; June 19-23, 60%; June 26-30, 40%; no refund w i l l be made l a t e r than June 30. SECOND TERM: J u l y 25-27, 80%; J u l y 28-August 1, 60%, August 2-4, 40%; no r e f u n d w i l l be allowed l a t e r than August 4. STUDENTS N E E D I N G HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r o f Housing. L i m i t e d food service i s a v a i l a b l e , s u p p l e m e n t e d b y s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and s n a c k s h o p s i n the Augsburg v i c i n i t y . 11 11 I ,.: I I I DEPT NO SEC A r t 1002 005 A r t 1042 001 A r t 1053 008 Art Bio 2001 006 Bio 2006 005 Bio 2010 007 Bio 2067 007 BAd 2101 004 BAd 2102 002 Che 3405 008 Eco 2220 002 EdE 4456 000 EdE 4484 077 EdE 4484 143 EdS 4584 074 EdS 4584 140 EdS 4550 000 EdS 4586 046 Eng 5490 008 Eng 5490 206 Eng 5490 404 Eng 5464 003 Eng 5476 007 Eng 5495 007 Eng 5442 009 F r e '7001 001 F r e 7092 009 Ger 131B 008 Ger 132B 007 Ger 7203 003 Ger 7204 001 HPE 5520 002 HPE 5555 008 HPE 5556 006 HPE 5554 001 HPE 5560 008 HPE 5585 005 HPE 5591 003 H i s 5661 004 H i s 5653 001 Mat 6105 0 0 1 Mus 8263 006 Mus 8201 006 Mus 8209 Mus 8209 Mus 8257 008 P h i 8321 002 P h i 8323 008 Phy 8401 002 P o l 8558 009 P o l 8595 001 P o l 8595 050 P o l 8567 000 Psy 8605 008 Psy 8650 004 Psy 8652 000 Psy 8675 001 Psy 8695 009 Re1 8757 007 Re1 8765 000 SOC 9459 009 SOC 9461 005 SOC 9467 002 SOC 9475 005 SOC 9476 003 Spa 7601 008 Spe 9842 006 Spe 9860 008 Spe 9856 006 CR COURSE T I T L E 5 5 3 Environmental E s t h e t i c s Friederichsen I Film Making Workshop Rusten I D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n P r o g F r i e d ' s e n I-II S t u d i o Courses A rr P r i n c i p l e s o f Biology Urdahl I 8:45-10:05 Human Anatomy & Physiology Mickelberg 1-11 7-10 pm Man and t h e Environment Mickelberg I 1:15-2: 35 Biochemistry Thorpe I1 10 :15-12 :30 P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting, I I 7 :15-8 :35 P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting, I1 I I 7:45-1O:OO P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry Gyberg I 2:45-4:05 Economic I s s u e s o f Urban Environment S a b e l l a I 7-10 pm O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education Pelton I 11:45-1:05 S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary McNef f 1-11 Arr S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary McNef f 1-11 A r r S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary E. Johnson 1-11 Arr S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary E. Johnson 1-11 A r r E d u c a t i o n a l Psychology Anderegg I 1:15-2:35 Human R e l a t i o n s L a b o r a t o r y Fardig I Arr Science F i c t i o n Palosaari I 7-10 pm L i b e r a t e d & Unlib. Women i n L i t . Nichols I I 10 :15-12 :30 The C i t y i n American L i t e r a t u r e Nicholl I1 1:OO-3:15 A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e South o f S a h a r a Mitchell I 7-10 pm Modern P o e t r y Davis I1 1:OO-3:15 Linguistics Steinmetz I 10:15-11:35 Film Making Workshop Rusten I 8-12 a m Beginning French M. Johnson I 11:45-1:05 Beginning French M. Johnson 11 7:45-1O:OO Beginning German I 1O:OO-11:50 Beginning German I I 1 O : O O - 1 1 : 50 Interxad~aerman Steinmetz I 7:15-8:35 I n t e r m e d i a t e German Steinmetz I1 7:45-1O:OO Introduction t o Safety Education Wagner I 7-10 pm I n t r o . t o D r i v e r & T r a f f i c S a f e t y Ed.,Wagner I 7-10 pm Teaching D r i v e r & S a f e t y E d u c a t i o n Wagner I I 7-10 pm D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog Pearson I-II 9-2 pm School H e a l t h Education Curriculum Pearson I 3:OO-4:20 Applied Adapted A c t i v i t i e s C. Nelson I1 A r r Therapeutic Exercises C. Nelson I A rr C u l t u r a l & P o l i t i c a l H i s t . o f Rome R. Nelson I1 10:15-12:30 Topics i n Minnesota H i s t o r y Chrislock I 10:15-11:35 P r i n c i p l e s o f Mathematics Persons I 8:45-10:05 Choral Workshop Sateren I Day & Eve Theory I J. Johnson I Arr Applied Music, Voice Arr Arr Applied Music, I n s t r u m e n t Arr Arr D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog Savold 1-11 9-2 pm Man and I d e a s Reichenbach I 8:45-1O:OS Logic Reichenbach I 11:45-1:05 Astronomy Hanwick I 7-10 pm The Urban Powerful Hedblom I 1:15-2:35 Women i n Urban Tech. S o c i e t y Noonan I I 1-3:15 Church, S t a t e & Supreme Court Stenshoel 11 1-3: 15 O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change Grace I 2:45-5:15 General Psychology Anderegg I 10:15-11:35 E d u c a t i o n a l Psychology Anderegg I 1:15-2:35 Developmental Psych: Adol. & Adult D. Johnson I 8:45-10:05 S o c i a l Psychology Dyrud I 10:15-11:35 Psychology o f Women Dymd I 1:15-2:35 Readings i n S c i e n c e & R e l i g i o n Quanbeck I 7:15-8:35 Church, S t a t e & Supreme Court Stenshoel 11 1-3:15 Modern Urban Community T o r s t e n s o n I1 10: 15-12: 30 Social S t a t i s t i c s Grams I 7 :15-8: 35 O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change Grace I 2:45-5:15 S o c i a l Psychology Dy r u d I 10:15-11:35 Human S e x u a l i t y Miller I 11:45-1:05 Beginning Spanish Kingsley I 2:45-4:05 Film Making Workshop Rusten I 8-12 am I n t e r p r e t a t i v e Reading Cole I 7-10 pm D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog Cole 1-11 9-2 pm 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 7 14 7 14 4 4 5 5, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 3 5 5 5 5 2 4 1 1 3 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 3 INSTRUCTOR TERM TIME DAYS ROOM FEE SPECIAL COMMENTS T,Th L1 M-F S t u d i o $50 Arr Arr M-F S205 M,W S205 M-F S205 M-F 5205 M-F S34 M-F S34 M-F S205 $ 5 T,Th S205 M-F L1 Arr $15 M-F Arr $30 M-F Arr $15 M-F M-F Arr $30 M-Th S34 M-F Arr T,Th S34 M-F Conf M-F S205 M,W S34 M-F S34 M-F Conf M-F S t u d i o $50 M-F Conf M-F S205 M-F M-F MTThF Conf he MTThF Conf M,W Conf T,Th Conf MTW Conf $10 A Arr MTWTh S34 Arr Arr M-F L1 M-F S205 M-F S34 June 18-23 Arr M-F June 12-July 7 June 12-July 28 A r r w i t h Dept 10-week c o u r s e Lab A r r See See See See Educ Educ Educ Educ Dept Dept Dept Dept OR: 5: 4586 EdE 4: 4486 EdE 5: 4486 SOC 4: 9486 SOC 5: 9486 I 053 049 056 044 051 OR: F r e 7095 003 Ger 7295 009 Spa 7695 000 I Concordia, S t P Concordia, S t P #J June 12-July 28 Separate regis $30 $30 Arr M-F M-F Conf M-F S34 M,W L1 M-F L1 M-F Conf M-F L1 T,Th L1 M-F 534 M-Th 534 M-F L1 M-F L1 M-F Conf M-F S205 M-F L1 M-F S34 M-F L1 T,Th L1 M-F L1 M-F S205 M-F Conf M-F S t u d i o $50 MIW 4 Arr Arr June 12-July 28 - 1 -r June 12-July 7 2815-41 AV S June 12-July 28 'Fhysf cs 8 4 2 1 300 - G Credf t-8, General Physics, K.., Parmison ,-= Texro I, G :: 45-10: 05 K-.P' Lhb k i .. Course O k . Y ~ 5 L E D u + .-ms+- Po;B tics 8SSR OQ9 - 5 Credits,, The Wr!>inn Fowerful,. IledbPm - 'I'esfl~I , Lelf-2~35f.i-F -- NCMZ : ;heill t~ i n t h e Ikpa.rYmenl, w i l l =.r. , c ~he qrvan if yon sign up the nlver,s:i f . i ~,:trr%~lel. (l 13ecrsrttion P r t 3 g . r ,, ~ HPE, Nusics ar~dSpeech erodlts are st i l l graated, : a- A F R I ~ N LITERATURE SOUTH OF THE SAHARA. English 5464. 5 cr. Readings i n works o f contemporary A f r i c a n n o v e l i s t s , p o e t s , dramat i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s and e s s a y i s t s t o stimulate a crossc u l t u r a l human e x p e r i e n c e . I TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY. Hist o r y 5653. 5 c r . s e l e c t i v e t r e a t - , READINGS I N SCIENCE AND RELIGION. Emergence R e l i g i o n 8757. 5 c r . and e f f e c t o f s c i e n t i f i c method r e l a t e d t o message and t h e o l o g y o f the c h u r c h . - I LINGUISTICS. 7095, 5 Cr. - HUMAN SEXUALITY. Sociology 9476. S p e c i f i c psychological, 5 cr. - Three courses l e a d i n g t o c e r t i f i c a t i o n as a t e a c h e r o f d r i v e r s ' e d u c a t i o n ; INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION, INTRODUCTION TO DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY EWCATION, and TEACHING DRIVER 6 THAFFIC S A F E T Y EDUCATION. English 5495, French German 7295, Spanish 7695. Principles o f linguistics, e m p h a s i z i n g recent d e v e l o p m e n t s i n s y n t a c t i c t h e o r y and psychol i n g u i s t i c implications. social -psychological, religious and c r o s s c u l t u r a l d i m e n s i o n s o f normal and d e v i a n t h u m n s e x u a l behavior. L e c t u r e s , f i l m s , and s m a l l group d i s c u s s i o n . DRIVERS EDUCATION COURSES. HPE 5520, 5555, & 5556. 4 c r . each. m n t o f s i g n i f i c a n t themes from 1 9 t h and e a r l y 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s : I n d i a n - w h i t e r e l a t i o n s ; immigrat i o n ; e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l dev e l o p m e n t ; emergence o f t h e Twin C i ties. Guest l e c t u r e r s , resource p e o p l e , and c u r r i c u l a r m a t e r i a l s e m p h a s i z i n g Chippewa h i s t o r y from t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l S o c i e t y . CHURCH, STATE, AND SUPREME COURT. R e l i g i o n 8765 o r Pol. S c i . 8595. 5 Cr. Analysis o f attempts t o , achieve the religious neutrality r e q u i r e d b y U. S . C o n s t i t u t i o n a s seen i n s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme C o u r t I c a s e s i n e d u c a t i o n , w o r s h i p , and o t h e r church-s t a t e i n t e r a c t i o n s . Historical, theological, & legalp o l i t i c a l factors are considered. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e t a k e n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 8520. ) ' - SCIENCE FICTION. English 5490 008. 5 cr. - A Ron P a Z o s a a r i s p e c i a l . A PARTIAL LISTING OF SUMMER OFFERINGS AT CONCORDIA COLLEGE, ST. PAUL Number Cr. T i t l e Term (Dates) T i me +. Art Art EdE EdE EdE EdE EdE EdE EdE His Pol Re1 Re1 Soc Spe 1518 354B 353C 358C 451C 453C 465C 470C 471C 435A 261A 210R 211R 322A 103B 003 008 007 002 008 006 002 005 004 003 002 007 006 009 002 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 Fundamentals o f Design I Sculpture I I I Tchg Science & Health Tchg P h y s i c a l Education I I Teaching Arithmetic E a r l y Childhood Educ I I Inner C i t y Tchg Prob School & Commun Health I1 Alcohol, Narc, ;rug Ed I1 Colonial America II American Government I Old Testament I I Old Testament I1 I1 I Crime and Delinquency Speech I1 ( J u l y 3-21) (June 12-30) ( J u n e 19-30) ( J u l y 10-21) ( J u l y 10-21) (Aug. 7-18) (Aug. 7-11) 10:OO-11:lO 11:OO-12:lO 10:OO-11:50 10:OO-11:50 1:OO-2:50p 1:OO-4:OOp 1:OO-4:OOp 9:25-12:05 1:OO-4:OOp 7:30-8:45a 11:OO-11:50 7:30-8:20a 7: 30-8:45a 8:30-9:20a 7:30-8:45a APPLIWTKN & PREREGISWKTK)N FORM Augsburg Colkge Summer Schod THREE SEMINARS CREATED f o r t r e 1972 W r - Im explore the r o l e o f women from v a r y i n g p e r s p e c t i v e s . F a c u l t y a r e Dr. Grace Dyrud, Associa t e Professor of Psycho1 o w ; Cheryl N i c h o l s , I n s t r u c t o r o f Enql i s h ; and Dr. Norma Noonan, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science and Chairman o f t h e Department o f P o l i t i c a l Science. The t h r e e o f f e r i n a s : PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN Psych. 8695, 5 c r . Grace Dyrud ( T e r m I ) THE LIBERATED AND THE UNLIBERATED WOMAN I N LITERATURE E n g l i s h 5490, 5 c r . Cheryl N i c h o l s (Term 1 1 ) WOMEN I N URBAN TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY P o l . S c i . 8 5 9 5 , 5 cr. Norma Noonan ( T e r m 1 1 ) C l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l t o p i c s i n c l u d e : C u l t u r a l a s s u m p t i o n s and p s y c h o l o g i c a l rationales o f presumed sex-related c h a r a c t e r i s tics; research o n s e x d i f ferences, including status a n d roles. An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e s o f women i n li t e r a t u r e from the G r e e k c l a s s i c a l period t o t h e present. Various literary genres, including feminist texts, w i l l be s t u d i e d . Interdisciplinary consideration o f the p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and e c o n o m i c s t a t u s o f women t o d a y i n the u.S. and a b r o a d . A s u r v e y o f p r o b l e m s a f f e c t i n g women and t h e i r r o l e s i n s o c i e t y ; o ~ t i o n sand - MM sr - Miss . . c Mrs FULL NAME: Last, - Street, . PRESENT ADDRESS: Di v o r c e d . - -. --- Street,-City, . Zip State i _'el e p h o n e PLEASE CHECK A N D COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a s t u d e n t a t A u q s b u r q C o l l e g e and h a v e been since . . o l l eqe . C I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d A u q s b u r g C o l l e g e f r o m 19to 1 9 I am n o t an A u q s b u r q s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d been a d m i t t e d . ( h a v e n o t ) I am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o A u q s b u r q ; I ( h a v e ) I ' I h a v e been a d m i t t e d t o A u q s b u r q a s a Freshman f o r n e x t F aCl lo.l l e g e . I h a v e e a r n e d a B.A. o r B.S. degree from - - I p l a n t o a t t e n d A u q s b u r q C o l l e g e o n l y f o r t h e Summer S c h o o l Sr. Jr. so. My PRESENT c l a s s i f i c a t i o n : F r . Other. Sr. Jr. So. Fr. C l a s s i f i c a t i o n NEXT JUNE: Other. - - J u l y 24 55404. ( o r Maiden) -- June 12 Include Wal gren, Manager, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN Middle Single Married Widowed 1 I -atyr~ T a t e a Z i p W h U n t y . PERMANENT ADDRESS: - - - - - BELOW, BY TERM, THE COURSES YOU WISH TO TAKE: Dept. and f o c u s e s u p o n b o t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g and t e c h n i q u e . D r . L e l a n d S a t e r e n w i l l b e joined t h i s year b y an o u t s t a n d i n g f a c u l t y i n c l u d i n g Knut Nystedt o f Oslo. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e Augsburg s e s s i o n ( J u n e 18-23) a n e a r l i e r one w i t h o p p o r t u n i t y t o e a r n g r a d u a t e c r e d i t i s s c h e d u l e d f o r Iowa S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y , Arnes. For information w r i t e : Michael W. First, AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( I f o n e h a s b e e n a s s i g n e d ) PLEASE =ST THE 1972 SATEREN CHORAL WORKSHOP e m p h a s i z e s c o n t e m p o r a r y c h o r a l m u s i c -- IC ,,, lumber /s,p+ Abbreviated T i t l e J u l y 21 courses Aug. 1 form. A n o n - r e f u n d a b l e t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $30.00 m u s t accompany t h i s Make c h e c k p a y a b l e t o A u g s b u r g College. B a l a n c e s m u s t be payed b y J u n e 1 2 ( T e r m I ) a n d J u l y 24 ( T e r m I I ) . P l e a s e r e t u r n completed form t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404. S iqnature I , SUMMER SCHOOL ROOM SCHEDULE, TERM I., 1972 / <'- I i ~ e m o ra1 i ~Conf. Room I I 8 4 I I a Ad 21 01 accounting 1 CONROY i ~ e l i ~ i o8757 n / ~ c &i R e l i g i o n ;QUANBECK / ~ a t h6105 ; P r i n Math 1 PERSONS I j ~ i o l 2001 o ~ ~ ; P r i n B i 01 ogy 1 URDAHL 1 :BUS : I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I . I IJ--31-----I--I-C-"~-~--"----"----~--~-----~-"~-"~-----q~-----3~--~---~--~ ~ S O C 9461 lSoc S t a t i s t i c s 1 GRAMS : 1 psych 8675(9475) j psych 8605 ! s o c i a l Psych ;General Psych ;I DYRUD 1 ANDEREGG I I 10:15-11:35 ;Hi s t o r y 5653 :Minnesota H i s t CHRISL LOCK I I I : I I i5495, etc. I linguistics ~ S TI ENMETZ I I I I I I 1 I --l-3---IC----A-l------"-------L-----------------4"---------------*+-----------------d 11 :45-1:05 / ~d Elem 4456 F r i e n t t o Educ PELTON I / ~ h i l o s8323 ;Logic I 1REICHENBACH i ~ o c01i ogy 9476 !Human S e x u a l i t y I ISHEROD MILLER II I ------------"-1-,---------------A-----------------a--------------*--4-----------------4 I 1 Afternoon I I I ! (Times as Indicated) I x; I I I I 1 I 1 1 I II I I L-,,,,-,,,,,-,,,,-A-----------------A-----------------4-----------------4 I t 1 I -- ' I I 1(2:45-5:15'T,~h) (M-Th 3:OO-5:OO) !Pol 8567 Soc 9467;HPE 5560 !org Soc Change :Sch H l t h Ed Cur ;WILLIAM GRACE ;PEARSON : 1 ;(2:45-4:05) ;Chemistry 3405 : P r i n c i p l e s Chem iGYBERG I I ;French 7001 ;Beginning French :MARY JOHNSON I I : I j ( 1 :I 5-2:35) I1 ;Psych 8695 I 1 1 1 I ; Psych of Women !DYRW I j (2:45-5:00) 14586 etc 1 I I II ; ;Human Relations :FARDIG I I --------------l-------------w---J,-*-C1C13I----------a--"----------~---4-----"----------4 M,W, 7-10 pm !Physics 8401 lAstrononly KERMIT PAULSON -~----3-3113-11,,,,-------11--M--------4--"------------"-a-------q"--------* T,Th, ! A r t 1002 7-10 pm ; E n v i r E s t h e t i c s ; FRIEDERICHSEN I ; Engl i s h - 5490 ;Science F i c t i o n 1 PALOSAARI I I I I ~i 01 ogy 2006 ~ H P E5520 ;Hum Anat & ~ h ~ s i o j ~ nSt ar f oe t y Ed ;MICKELBERG ;WAGNER Engl i s h 5464 ;Afr L i t ;MITCHELL I IEconomics I 2220 ;Urban Economics SABELLA ; I I iHPE 5555 I I 1 WAGNER I ;D r i v e r , Traffic C--3-C-"--ll-"L---------J13-I--I-""-------A---"---"----~----L~----------------a I I Paul Rusten's F i l m Making Workshop 1042 (5442, 9842) meets i n A r t B u i l d i n g , 8 am t o 12. A i l e n e , Cole's I n t e r p r e t a t i v e Reading 9860 meets M, W, 7-9 pm a t 2815 4 1 s t Avenue South. Other classes meet a t times &' places arranged w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r s .
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72 Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70 I I FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970 June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. .................... Fri. Final registration and beginning of cl...
Show more Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72 Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70 I I FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970 June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. .................... Fri. Final registration and beginning of classes Final examinations M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. .................... Classes begin Final examinations ...................... SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970 July 17 ................. July 20 Aug. 14 .................. .................. ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 4 ..................... Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . . WINTER TERM Dec.1 ..................... Dec. 2 ................. Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. .......... Jan.4,7:45a.m. ........... Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 2 2 . . .................. Feb. 23 .................... Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ........... March 3-9 ................. SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 10 .................. March 16 .................. April 7,9:00 p.m. .......... April 13,7:45 a.m. ......... May5 ..................... May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 19 .................... May21 .................... May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May30 .................... .... Fri.-Tues. ................ Tues., Wed, .............. Thurs. ................... Wed. .................... Wed. .................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. Wed.-Tues. ............... Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Tues. .................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Fri. ...................... Mon. .................... Tues. .....-......-....... M o n ..................... Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. .............. Wed.-Tues. .............. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. ................... Fri. ...................... Wed. .................... Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins Classes resume Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement ............... Fri. ...................... Mon.-Fri. ................ Sun. ..................... Academic Calendar FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 ...................... June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and Beginning of classes Holiday Final examinations S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M o n....................... Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72 FALL TERM Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N o . .............. N0v.p .................... NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . . ... N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2 1.. 7"" WINTER TERM Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F e b . M d p 3 - 3 ......... kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b T W ~ I .lYI.\ .IL'VE 1 K 1 P ---. I. 1 2 3 l'GI I JL 1 ...................... Tucs. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins , Classet resyne,;, Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . . ..........--.......-.. Tues. Wed. ...................... Tues....................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. % ....................... Wed. ...................... Fri. ....................... Mon-Fri. .................. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lq-I ! ..................... Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S M T W T F nr'TORTR 1971 SEPTEilRER 1 9 2 t"T1 Al1(;li- 910 6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8 11213 13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617 20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 35 26 27 23 P.30 31 1 9P( T\IFlEH 1 . 1 Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Mon. SS H T W T F S 1 T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. ...................... Mon....................... SPRING TERM March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . March 14 . . . . . . . , ........ March 29,9:00 p.m. ........ April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . . May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May5 ..................... May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . . May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr i. ....................... / ' S Fri.-Tues. ................. Tues., Wed. ............... Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. ...................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues. ................ Wed.-Tues. ................ s f 1314 51617 8 910111213114 ~ 1 M T W T F NOVEMBER 1971 IMIWT-F-S S SLT-W-T-PS . 1 2,314 5 6 7 8 91011 3 1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10 22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17 2'3'30 31 1 1 . I,, FEBKI' Z H I I'I': 242728230 I 1. MARCH 1972 2425262718330212030 31 APRIL 1'1": \ l A Y lq7> Mile 6 AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES O F STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus. GENERAL INFORMrK>N Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South at 7% Street. Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181. AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS To contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which i s appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s an observation lounge at the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000 volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff. Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room. A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of 750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University, the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72 R t/ TUITION ($1.650) New freshmen, transfer. or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or $550 per quarter. Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term. $45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying 1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour. Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students carrying more than 18 credits per term are charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science, $20. Student Teaching, $SO. Improvement of Reading, $25. Music Lessons (10 per term). $45. Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day): Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5. Cinema Arts. $1 0. BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020) For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per quarter) partial or full board. For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per quarter) partial or full board. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week; a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week (excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday, for $68 per quarter. Linen service, required in residence halls. approximately $30 per year. FEES, required but not refundable or transferable: General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper. admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students. OTHER COSTS Change in registration after first three days of classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration after classes begin: $5 per day. Graduation Fee: $1 5. Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy. $1. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according t o schedule on file. Students required t o enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. Books and supplies are available from the bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a charge account.basis. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Fees and costs are subject t o minor adjustments. DEPOSITS Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; t o be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied t o the tuition charge (under early decision program. payment is due January 1 ). Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students, $25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge. Not refundable. Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0 Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due August 20, November 20, and February 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a service charge of $25 per year. No student is permitted t o register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides t o cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term. the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial Aid in the form of scholarships, Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and employment is available. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required t o submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship Service. designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required t o submit a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form each year. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable $1 500 a year and renewable for four years. for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 All applicants must take the National Merit (C average). Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for state financed scholarships and grants while atselor. tending Augsburg College. Applications must be obtained through the high school counselor. The Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable with outstanding high school records and high for four years. scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 t o full tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband, of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music. vidual's interests, abilities, and character. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry. tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and $2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability. fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and department. academic achievement. SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student ship Committee of the College. who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships Preference is given to such students from Chetek each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or tries. These scholarships may be awarded in the Northern Wisconsin District of the American amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition. Lutheran Church. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year t o upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds given by friends and family t o honor the memory of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career. ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran one year's full tuition for a student from Norway Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student way set up for this purpose. selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students. tory with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award. in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award- ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical education. . . ~ ~- - Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teachIng. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth. former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue higher education without assistance. The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne. business administrator of the college from. 1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually t o selected students preparing for Christian service. 'I. ?ii. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically t o an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan t o continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement. a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota. The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An annual award of one or more scholarships will be made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre- paring for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse. professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually t o a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis- try at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by the Federal Government. The grants vary from $ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial need as determined by C.S.S. The grants are restricted t o students taking a full time load and are renewable for four years. -- LOAN FUNDS National Defense Student Loans established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year. September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment begins nine months after graduation or leaving school. United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which an educational loan is obtained directly from a bank or other commercial lender. The federal government guarantees the loan t o the lender and assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine months after graduation or leaving school. Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic year. Applications are available in the Office of the Dean of Students. State Loan Programs are provided by some states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state regardless of where they attend college. Applications for these loans must be obtained from the specific state agency that is responsible for administering the program. These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. The college also participates in the federally financed College Work Study Program. Under this program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work per week during the academic year and the job must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school. type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduation class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have at least 12 academic credits in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four credits of English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign language, social studies. mathematics, and science. A credit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer t o be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. required t o make the $100 tuition deposit within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies t o the cost of tuition. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges t o send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. A student can apply before taking the SAT. See your counselor about registering for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey. Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT. 4. An interview on campus is encouraged. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted t o the Office of Admissions. Applications may be obtained by visiting. writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1. the class may be filled well in advance of this date. Students applying under the Early Decision Program which is described below will receive the admissions decision about December 1. All other applicants will be notified concerning admission about two weeks after their application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit is due before April 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after April 1 are EARLY DECISION An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December I . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed. has been provided, the student must agree t o withdraw applications made t o other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. EARLY ADMISSION An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for early admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of his junior year. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory. and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg College will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College-Level Examinations offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar. CAMPUS LIFE CAMPUS LIFE There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom, laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus. RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student. who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services. both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered. including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom experience and t o enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances, talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall. The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports center. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities. and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research experiences in various areas of chemistry. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education. Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement. Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity t o participate actively in local. state and national politics. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper classmen. The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries. The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of social service. The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent, agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness of the problems and concerns in politics and education. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS ' . q.. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally t o Canada. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program, gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests. skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the College Center for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading. student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least t w o years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election t o membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and scholarship. The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship, leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the whole man. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College. Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service. Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available t o them as they meet the problems of daily life. A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information. The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies. including the constitutions, activities and schedules. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the campus. Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students. w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged t o enroll i n this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred t o them. Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1. All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing. Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Office of the Director of Housing. All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options. Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available t o students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1. All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement fee. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the College Master Calendar is also kept by the office. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. Completion of a major. A total of 180 quarter credits. At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply toward the major. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 4 History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................................... 5 Religion 11 Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25 Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 4 Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the sophomore, junior, and/or senior years. The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12: (2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations. t:. The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech 41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings. Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement. The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement. If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make a total of four terms. .his I Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics, or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation. In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15. or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Classical Languages Economics Economics and Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech. Communication, and Theater Arts Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year. A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek, Latin, and Library Science. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: ... Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+ . -3.49+ Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 grade average grade average grade average To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very . good. 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit f ........................................................ - . . . . . . . . . . .Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete .. W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may be cancelled after the eighth week of classes. A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours and grade points: Sophomore Junior Senior Credits 36 84 130 Grade Points 72 168 260 Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are part-time students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation: Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5 Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6 Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8 Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0 A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed above, If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation until the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness. the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAM INATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination. Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and bring it t o the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are r t:. .his '. I interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of.the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade-point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. - THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being planned. In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer with the chairmen of these departments. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's credits in the Augsburg Summer School. In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20 through August 14. In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours. Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe availability of desired courses, and, depending the date of application, may. .permit reduced - upon . .. tuition charges. For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions, interested persons should write to: Summer School Office / Augsburg College / Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 . .-- raw d . ,- & ..& w: . . M 'M ,- I . . - . . II. i r .--. I - - . . ,. - -2 I i , . . . A I m -&,. - 1- m=F d f W'".@a""'lrl -d -k -gH& f ' 1- hn ma- CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives or Major H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Philosophy Speech-Communication Electives or Major I Cr. 5 4 5-6 1/3 Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 5 1/3 1/3 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4-5 16 12 12 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Science or Math Fine Arts Pol. Sci. or Economics Electives or Major SENIOR Religion Electives or Major Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - 4 6 6 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 15 12 15 AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21,22 H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech-Communication Fine Arts Religion 63* History 55* Psychology 81' Sociology 58,* 59* Philosophy 65* Electives (non-major) *Electives in the major program Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4-5 - - 4 - - 5 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20,* 21 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 4 4 5 Term SENIOR Religion 60* Political Sci. 56* History 56* Education 87* English 82* Political Sci. 22* American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) 1 I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 r = - 4 4 - 4, 4 -- 4 - i s & - 4-6 + - ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN Religion II English 11,12 Foreign Lang. History I Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology II H. P.E. 1,2,3 I Cr. 5 5 2 4 lh Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 4 2 4 1/3 5 5 ; 4 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Lang. Natural Sci. or Math Philosophy Art 21 Art 18,55 History 2 History 61 Electives JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Art 87,88 Art 50,67 History 3 Speech-Communication Music 30 History 21,22 Electives - 4 4 4 4 4-5 4 - 5 - Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 86,68,78 Art 98 History 71,95 Art 99 Electives 4 - - 5 8 Term I I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 8 4 4 4 3 - - - 4 4 4 4 ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion II English l l , 1 2 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 - 5 - 5 5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 JUNIOR Teim I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr Art 88,86,87 Art 50,67 H. P.E. 10 Education 50,58 Education 52,53,54 Education 62,59 Music 30 Elective 5 5 4 4 4 0 4 4 4 - 0 2 4 - 4 5 2 0 3 - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Sci. or Math. Philosophy Speech-Communication Art 21 Art 18,55 Psychology 5 Elective SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83,87 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 68,99 Art 78 Electives Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 4 5 4 - 4 - 4-5 - 4 4 - 4 - - 5 4 . - Term I I1 Ill Cr.. Cr. Cr. 10 5 - - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 3 8 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall term. FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Chemistry 5 , 6 Biology l l , l 2 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 6 6 6 6 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Speech-Communication Foreign Language Fine Arts Education 50,59,74 Education 52,53,54 Biology 67 Biology Electives - 4 4 4 0 4 - 5 - 4-5 4 - 5 0 0 5-6 5-6 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Psychology 5 H. P.E. 10 Chemistry 23 Mathematics 40 Biology Elective Biology 72 Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. I - - 5 - 5 5 5 5 6 - - - - - 5 - - 6 6 SENIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 83,87 Education 84 Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Biology Electives Biology 91,93 Elective 5 4 - 10 4 - - 4 6 5-6 1 1 4-6 - - BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology 72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term. FRESHMAN Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Chemistry 15,16 Biology 11,12 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 6 6 6 6 - SOPHOMORE Religion Speech-Communication Chemistry 51,52 Mathematics 40,41,42 Biology Elective Biology 72 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4-5 6 6 5 5 6 - 5 5 6 - JUNIOR Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Physics 21,22,23 Biology Electives Elective Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 - 5 5 5 5-6 5-6 - 4-6 SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Philosophy Biology Electives Biology 91,92,93 Biology 99 Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 6 1 - - 5 4 4-5 5-6 1 1 - 3-5 - 6-8 M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Business Ad. 31 Speech-Communication Economics 51 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 5 - - - 5-6 5-6 - 5 4 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - - 5 - 4 - - 5 - 4-5 - 12 5 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 61 Business Ad. 62,63 Economics 22,23 Philosophy Fine Arts SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 or 84 Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 - 5 5 4 - - 5 5 5 - - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 5 12 12 12 5 M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Term I I I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History I , 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E.1,2,3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 5 5-6 5-6 lh 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22,23 Philosophy Speech-Communication Fine Arts Business Ad. 61 4 4 4-5 4 - 5 4 4 4 1/3 5 5 4 5 5 - - 5 - - JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51 Business Ad. 62 Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 - - 4 5 8 - SENIOR Term I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Business Ad. 78 Business Ad. 73 Electives 5 5 - 10 10 15 I - 10 BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1 or 2 or 3 Business Ad. 1 , 2 Business Ed. 1 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Fine Arts Business Ad. 31 Natural Science or Math. Business Ed. 60 Philosophy Electives *Accounting Specialization **Office Specialization Term II HI I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - I 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 0 4 5 4 5 0 5 4 4 - 3 0 2 5 5 SOPHOMORE Computer Science 45 Accounting 62,63* Psychology 5 Economics 22,23 Foreign Language Business Ed. 8 Speech-Communication Busirless Ed. 10,50** SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 83 Sec. Educ. 84,87 Business Educ. 64 Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I I I III Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 . - 5 - 10 4 - 4 4-5 5 . 8 BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Economics 22,23 History 1 or 2or 3 Business Educ. 1 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Econ. 51,58,91 or 92 Sec. Education 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Business Ad. 31 Business Ed. 60 Fine Arts Philosophy Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 4 4 1 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 4 3 0 0 0 2 5 - 4 4 - 4 - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Business Ad. 1,2 Psychology 5 Computer Science 45 H. P.E. 10 Elective SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 84,87 Sec. Educ. 83 Business Ed. 64 Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51 Speech-Communication Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 5 - - 5 4 5 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 4 5 - - 4 4-5 4-5 4 8 BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1 or 2 or 3 Business Ed. 1,lO Sociology 11 Philosophy Fine Arts H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. 63 Business Ad. 1,2 Economics 22,23 Business Education 50 Business Educ. 60,64 Computer Science 45 *Comprehensive Major **Secretarial Specialization Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 1 5 - 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 3 4 0 0 0 2 5 5 4 4 - 5 4 4 4 - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Psychology 5 Business td. 21,22,53 Speech-Communication Business Ed. 8* Elective SENIOR Religion Sec. Educ. 84 Sec. Educ. 83,87 Business Ad. 31 H. P.E. 10 Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51 Electives Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 4 4 5 - 4-5 4 5 4** I Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 5 4 5 5 4-5 - - - 8 - - - CHEMISTRY M A J O R The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 4 6 5 5 1/3 1/3 Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15,16 Mathematics 41,42 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 6 113 JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Chemistry 61,62 Chemistry 63 Foreign Language Chemistry 91 Electives (Math., Physics) 6 5 0 4 SOPHOMORE 6 5 0 4 I Term II Ill Cr. Cr, Cr. Philosophy 23 Chemistry 51,52 Chemistry 53 Physics 21,22,23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 SENIOR 5 5 0 5 6 5 5 - 5 6 5 - 5 5 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Chemistry 81,83 Chemistry 72 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Chemistry 91 Electives 5 4 0 5 4 4 4 0 4 SOPHOMORE Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 0 - M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English l l , l 2 , 3 5 History 1 Sociology 11 Latin 1, 2 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Electives 5 5 5 5 4 - - 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 5 - JUNIOR Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Art 83 Philosophy Speech-Communication Creek or Latin Mythology 65 Electives 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 Religion 21 Natural Sci. or Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Latin 3,4 Creek 11,12,13 5 4 5 5 4 5 5 4 5 SENIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Creek 99 or Latin 99 History 60 or 61 Electives - 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16 COMMUNICATION MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Speech 11 Electives JUNIOR Fine Arts Speech 40 Speech 51 Speech 52 Sociology 75 Nat. Sci. or Math. Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 4 - - 1/3 5 4 5 1/3 - 5 1/3 4 - Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy 23 Psychology 5 Speech I 5 English 21 Electives SENIOR Religion Speech 80 Speech 87 Linguistics Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - 4 - 4 5 5 - - 5 5 4 3 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 1-5 5 5 5 15 10 DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Mathematics 40,41 Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6 H. P.E.1,2,3 Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 6 SOPHOMORE Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22 Speech or Lit. Psychology 5 Chemistry 51,52 Physics 21,22,23 Biology 11,12 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 6 5 6 6 5 6 4 4 5 5 - ECONOMICS MAJORS The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History 1 , 2 or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 I Cr. 5 4 5-6 - Term II Ill Cr. Cr. 5 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 5 10 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Fine Arts Business Ad. 1 , 2 Economics 22,23 Electives Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 4 - 5 4 4 4 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51,58 Electives Speech-Communication Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 - 4 5 5 - 5 8 4-5 SENIOR Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Economics 54 Electives - 4 15 12 15 ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Combined Major) FRESHMAN Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1 , 2 , or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 - 5 5 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Fine Arts Business Ad. 1 , 2 Economics 22,23 Electives JUNIOR Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Business Ad. 78 Electives 15 Foreign Language Business Ad. 79 Economics 51,58 Business Ad. 61 Speech-Communication Electives 4 5 5 - 4 5 4 5 4-5 8 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 4 - 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 15 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement in general education. The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen i s subject to departmental approval. FRESHMAN Religion English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, 3 Biological Science *H. P.E. 10 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Elem. Educ. 52,53,54 **Elern. Educ. 55 **Elem. Educ. 56 Elern. Educ. 57 Elern. Educ. 61 Elem. Educ. 63 Elem. Educ. 64 **Mathematics 56 **Art 48 Elem. Educ. 58 Elective (minor) Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 - - 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 -- Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 0 0 0 (4) 4 5 (5) 2 2 - - 4 6 (4) 4 2 (2) (2) - (2) 2 4 4 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Psychology 5 **Physical Science Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23 **Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) SENIOR Religion **Elem. Ed. 84 **Philosophy **Speech11 **Elern. Ed. 65 **Elern. Ed. 87 **Elem. Ed. 79 Elective or minor Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 - - 5 (4-6) 4-6 4 4 (4) 5 4 4 5 - Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. (4) 4 15 (15) (15) (4) 4 (4) 4 2 (2) - (4) 4 - (3) 3 (4) 8 4 *Highly recommended but not specifically required **Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Biology Business Education Chemistry English (Language Arts) French German Health & Physical Education History Mathematics Music Natural Science Physical Education Physics Scandinavian Studies Social Science Spanish Speech Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. I SOPHOMORE Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - I Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 History 1,2, or 3 Foreign Language Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Electives 5 5 5 5 - 4 lh 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Psychology 5 Electives - 5 4 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - 4 5 5 4 JUNIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 83 Education 84 Education 87 Electives in major 5 5 - 10 4 - 12 12 Philosophy Speech 11 Sec. Educ. 50,59 Sec. Educ. 52,53,54 Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76 H. P.E. 10 Electives in major 7 - 4 4 0 0 - 5 12 8 4 3 0 2 8 ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M . FRESHMAN Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Mathematics 41,42,43 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Physics 21,22,23 5 - 5 5 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 5 5 5 SOPHOMORE Physics 61 History 1,2, or 3 Literature or Pol. Sci. Sociology, Econ. or Phil. Physics 45 Mathematics 58 Art 1 Chemistry 5,6 Speech 11 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 6 - 4 4 6 - ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 - 5 5 5 5 4 4 - - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci., or Econ. Speech-Communication Philosophy Natural Science or Math. English 30,35,40,45 or Elective in the major English 60; and 21 or 22 Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - 4 5 5 5 - + 5 5 4 - JUNIOR Religion Fine Arts English 61,62,84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - 5 4 5 4 4 5 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. English 90,91, or 92 Electives* 3 12 15 15 - 5 5 *Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language. ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11 English 12, or 30,35,40,45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 4 lh JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52,53,54 Education 59,65 English 61,62,55 English 72 or 74,84 Speech 60 or 66 5 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 4 4 0 5 4 - 0 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55 Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Natural Science or Math. English 60, 21 English 30,35,40,45, or 55 SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 H. P.E. 10 English 86 or 88 English 90,91, or 92 Library Science 75 Fine Arts Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4-5 4 - 4 - 5 5 5 4 - 5 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 3 4 - 10 5 - - - - 4 4 5 4 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Beg. Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 5-6 1/3 Religion Inter. Foreign Language Speech Philosophy Pol. Sci. or Economics Fine Arts H. P.E. lo* Electives or 56,57 5 5 5-6 1/3 5 5 4 - 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 4 4 9 4 5 - - - 5 4 5 JUNIOR Education 50*, 59* Education 52,53,54* Education 66*, 67*, or 75* Psychology 5* Conversation 55 Survey 63,64** Literature 72 or 74 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 3 0 0 0 2 5 - 5 - 5 5 - - 5 8 5 SENIOR Religion Education 84* Education 83* Education 87* Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Indep. Study 99 Electives Term II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 5 - - 4 I - 5 - - - - 2 - 5 2 5 5 - *Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92, 99 or other electives for these courses. **Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , 1 2 Foreign Language History l,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 43 H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M) H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 69 Pol. Sci., or Econ. H. P.E. 57* H. P.E. 51,52 H. P.E. 71,72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31' Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 5 - - 5 7 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 3 0 0 0 - - 2 6 5 2 4 4 4-5 4 - - - SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Psychology 5 Biology 6 Chemistry 5 H. P.E. 31,32,23 H. P.E. 50* Fine Arts Elective SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Philosophy H. P.E. 73* H. P.E. 60* Electives Speech-Communication Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - - 5 5 - 6 5 4 5 1 4 4 -- Term II Ill Cr, Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 - 5 ; I - - - - - 4 4 - - 5 4 4 4 - 4 - *Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY M A J O R The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of History. --- FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2,3 Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Econ. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 4 1/3 JUNIOR Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. Foreign Language History Economics Fine Arts Minor or Elective Literature 5 4 4 4 - 5 5 4 1/3 5 8 4 - 5 5 4 1/3 4 4 4 4 SOPHOMORE Term II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. I Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy Psychology 5 Natural Sci. or Math. - - 5 4 4 5 5 4 - - 5 5-6 5-6 - SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Speech-Communication 4 4 8 - 5 4 8 - 4 3 4 4 HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2,3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 1/3 JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 70 Fine Arts Geography I 4 Political Science 20,21 H. P.E. 10 History 0 4 5 8 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 4 0 4 4 4 3 0 2 4 8 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. 4 5 5-6 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84,87 Education 83 Sociology I 2 Speech-Communication History History 95 4 5 5-6 5 4 5 - - 5 10 5 4 - 4 - 4-5 8 4 - 3 - - - - LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, English, History, Political Science. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS M A J O R The following course of study is suggested: FRESHMAN Religion 11 English l l , l 2 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Mathematics 40,41,42 or *Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Religion Mathematics 71,72,73 Philosophy Speech-Communication Computer Science 55 Electives or *Mathematics 83,84 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 - 5 - 5 4 5 - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 8 4 4-5 4 4 5 4 8 SOPHOMORE Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Sociology 11 Foreign Language Fine Arts Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43,64,67 or *Mathematics 58,64,67 SENIOR Mathematics 58,83,84 or *Mathematics 93,94,95 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 4 4 4 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 *For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School. MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education: FRESHMAN Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11, I2 Foreign Language History 1 , 2 , or 3 Mathematics 40,41, H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Mathematics 43,64,67 Physics or Chemistry Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - 4 5 4 5-6 5-6 4 4 - JUNIOR Religion Fine Arts Education 50,59 Speech-Communication Psychology 5 Mathematics 71,72,60 Education 52,53,54 Philosophy Computer Science 55 Education 71 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 4 3 - 4-5 5 4 4 4 0 0 0 4 - 4 - - 2 SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 Mathematics 83,84 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 4 5 4 4 5 - 8 8 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Sociology 11 Biology 11,12 Chemistry 5,6 History 1,2, or 3 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Chemistry 53 Biology 67,72 Biology 76 Biology 71 or 73 Biology 91,92 Elective (upper division) Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - + 5 5 5 4 6 6 6 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 - 6 - 6 4 6 6 1 1 4 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Mathematics 40 (or 5) Pol. Sci. or Economics Speech-Communication Fine Arts Chemistry 23 Philosophy Physics 3 Term I1 I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 (5) (4) 4 - 4-5 - - 4 - - 6 4 - - 5 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months. 45 crs. MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows: Credits Biology 11, I 2 Chemistry 15,16 Chemistry 51,52 Chemistry 53 English l l , 1 2 Literature elective Mathematics 40,41 Physics 21,22,23 Social Science and Humanities General electives 12 12 12 5 10 4 10 15 27 34 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Music l , 2 , 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 5 5 5 5 - 4 4 4 5 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Music 4 , 5 , 6 Applied Music JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 68,73 Music 53*, 54 Music 60,61 Music 57,58 Music Organization Applied Music Speech-Communication 4 0 4 5 0 1 - 3 0 0 4 2 4 4 3 3 0 0 1 1 - 4-5 Religion Education 84,87 Education 83 Pol. Sci. or Econ. H. P.E. 10 Philosophy Music Organization Art 1 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 4 1 5 4 5-6 5-6 4 4 1 1 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 10 5 - - 0 - 5 - - 4 5 0 4 - 4 - - 4 0 4 MUSIC MAJOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Music 1,2,3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1,2,3 Religion Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4,5,6 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr 4 - JUNIOR Art 1 Music 60,61,62 Music 53*, 54 ,, Music57,58 Applied Music Music Organization Electives 5 4 4 4 4 - 1 0 3 1 0 - 3 1 0 8 4 - - 5 4 4 - - 4-5 4-5 4 4 4 4 1 0 I 0 1 0 Term I 11 111 Cr. Cd Cr. SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization Speech 11 or Literature Electives 5'- - - . - -' 4 1 0 4 :I ' 8 4 4 - a --I 0 1 0 - 10 ..5 'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS -b = This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper.. t division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be u ~ ~division e r credits.) Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - Religion' 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H, P.E. < 2 , 3 Chemistry 15,16 Biology l l , 1 2 -6 6 , - Religiqn Foreign Language Physics 21,22,23 Biology Elective Electives 5 5 4 I h 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 6 4 4-6 IF I II Ill Chemis~ry51,52,53 Mathematics40.41.42 , . ,5 5 5 S~IOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. -' -, T; Speech-Cammunicat ion Pol. Sci. or Economics , Biology Electii~e - erm I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 ? ; Term SOPHOMORE - - 5 4 - I h 1h "* Religion Foreign Language Fine Arts Philosophy Biology S'eminar Electives - 4 - 5 4 4 - 4 -- 1 -A 9 1 R . e *-a - I P NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Speech-Communication Education 50,59 Natural Science or Math. Education 52,53,54 H. P.E. 10 Education 74 Fine Arts I Cr. 5 4 5-6 I n Term I1 Ill Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 - 4 Foreign Language Natural Science o r Math. Psychology 5 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 11 11 11 - - 5 5-6 I n 1/3 Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - SOPHOMORE - - - 4 - 4 4 4 0 - 5 0 5 - 3 5 0 2 4 - - SENIOR Religion Natural Science or Math. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Electives Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 5 5 5 - - 5 - 4 4 4 4 - PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 52 Philosophy Electives Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 4 4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3 - - Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Fine Arts Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy 23 Philosophy 41,42,43 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 5 4 4 4 - 5 - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - - 5 SOPHOMORE 5 5 10 10 SENIOR Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 2-5 5 5 5 - 11 10 PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Physics 21,22,23 Mathematics 40,41,42 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR French or German Physics 51,52 Physics 62,63 Physics 77 Mathematics 58,83,84 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 lh 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 - 4 1 4 SOPHOMORE Religion Mathematics 43 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Philosophy Physics 45 French or German Fine Arts Sociology 11 History 1,2, or 3 Elective SENIOR Religion Physics 86,87 Physics 77 Speech-Communication Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 - 5 4 5 - - - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 1 4 4 1 1 - - 4-5 11 11 8 8 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Philosophy 21 Math. or Natural Science Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. 20,21 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 4 4 1/3 Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 23 Sociology 61 Computer Science 45 Pol. Sci. 30,49 Pol. Sci. Electives Art 1 or Music 30 JUNIOR Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. Electives Economics 22,23 Psychology 5 Inter. Disc. St. 96 5 - 4 4 7-8 4 4-6 - 4 4 5 - 3 - 5 5-6 4 1/3 5 - -- 5-6 4 1/3 SENIOR Political Sci. Electives Lit. or Speech Electives Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 5 5 5 4 - - 4 4 - 4 4 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 8 8 4 4 8 16 PSYCHOLOGY FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2, or 3 Sociology 11 General Psychology H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Computer Science 45 Psychology 59 Psychology 61,62 Psychology Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 113 - 5 5 5 4 4 5 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 12 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Philosophy Natural Science Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Speech-Communication Sociology 61 Psychology 64 Elective SENIOR Religion Psychology 81 Psychology 93 Psychology 99 (any term) Psychology Electives Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 4 - - - 4 5 -- 4-5 4 - - - 4 - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - 3 4 4 4 4 8 4 10 RELIGION MAJOR FRESHMAN Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 11 English 11,12 Natural Science or Math. History 1 , 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 5 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Religion 21 Religion Foreign Lang. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Fine Arts Philosophy 21 Electives JUNIOR Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Philosophy 23 Foreign Lang. Psychology 5 Electives Philosophy 5 6 4 - 5 5 5 - 5 6 4 - 5 4 4 4 5 4 8 - Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - - - 5 5 - 5 4 - 4-5 4 4 Term I I Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 8 5 4 8 5 4 8 SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Scand. I , 2 History I , 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5* Education 50*, 59: Education 52,53,54* Scand. 84,74 Philosophy 21 Scand. 62 Electives Education 67* Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 4 - - 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 0 5 - 5 4 0 - 4 3 0 5 - SOPHOMORE Scand. 3,4 Scand. 55 Scand. 51,26 Speech-Communication Pol. Sci. o r Econ. H. P.E. lo* Fine Arts Electives SENIOR Religion Education 84* Education 83*, 87* Scand. 72 Scand. 99 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 4 5 - 5 - 4-5 - 4 - - 5 4 4 4 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - - 10 - 5 4 5 - 1-5 - 1-5 0-5 - 5-10 *Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Religion 11 English 11,12 Business Ed. 1,lO Business Ed. 21,22 Business Ed. 50,53 History 1,2, or 3 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 1 5 4 4 - 5 5 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 SECOND YEAR Religion Psychology 5 Speech 11 Business Ad. 1,2 Business Ed. 8,60,64 Sociology 11 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 4 5 4 - - - - 5 4 4 4 SEMINARY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History l , 2 , 3 Foreign Language* Sociology 11 H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3 JUNIOR Greek Philosophy 41,42,43 Speech 11 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 5 4 4 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Electives SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives I Cr. 5 5-6 4 - Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5-6 4 4 4 4 6 4 Term I1 Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4-5 4 12 16 SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of the following distributions: A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 47 credits distributed as follows: 42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each of the three disciplines; 4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences (history concentration). FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History I , 2 , 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language History 21,22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 5 4 - - 5 5 5 - JUNIOR Religion Education 50,59 Education 52,53,54 Education 70 Fine Arts Political Science 30,21 Economics 23 History H. P.E. 10 Sociology 12 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 3 0 0 0 - - 2 4 - 4 4 4 8 4 - 5 - 4 - SENIOR Education 84,87 Education 83 Speech-Communication Interdisciplinary St. 90 History 95 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 10 5 - - 4 - 4-5 2-3 - 3 12 4 - Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences (behavioral science concentration). FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 3 Sociology 11, I 2 Political Science 20 or 21 Math. or Natural Science Geography I 4 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion Pol. Sci. (upper div.) Social Science* Economics 58 Foreign Language Interdisc. Studies 90 H. P.E. 10 Education 50,59 Ed. 52,53,54 Education 70 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 4 1/3 - 5 - 5 4 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4-5 - 5 - 5 - 2-3 - - 4 0 0 - - - - 5 5 3 0 2 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Economics 22,23 History 21,22 Sociology 61 Political Science 30 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Speech-Communication 4 5 4-5 SENIOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Foreign Language Social Science** Electives 10 5 - 4 - 4 4 - 4-5 - 8 8 4 5 4 4 - - 5 5 5 - *Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science. **Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology, or sociology. SPANISH M A J O R See under Curriculum for French major. SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 Fine Arts JUNIOR Speech 61 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Speech 60 Speech 51,55 Education 50 Education 52,53,54 Education 59,76 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3 - - 4 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5 4 - 0 0 0 - - 5 - 5 - - 8 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 23 Speech 12 or 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 SENIOR Religion Speech 16 or 67 Speech 76 Speech 66 Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - - 4 - - 6 6 5 - 4-5 - - 4 5 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr, 5 4-5 - - 5 - - 5 - 10 - 5 - - 4 8 - - -- -- - - THEATER ARTS MAJOR The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2 o r 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language H. P.E. 1,2,3 Speech 11 Electives JUNIOR Fine Arts Philosophy English 74 English 76 Speech 60 Speech 61 Electives Term 1 II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 4 - 4 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 5 - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 - - 4 - 4 5 5 - 7 11 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Nat. Sci. o r Math. Pol. Sci. or Econ. Speech 16 Speech 28 Speech 32 Electives SENIOR Religion English 84 Speech 66 Speech 67 Electives Term I I1 Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 - 5 4 - - 5 4 4 - 4 - 4 - - - Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 - 5 5 - 5 10 10 - SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology 11,12 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Philosophy 63 Sociology 61,' 62* Speech-Communication Electives Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 lh 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 5 10 10 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Natural Science or Math Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Philosophy Sociology 41,58,59 Psychology 5 - - 5 5-6 5-6 - 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 5 SENIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75* Sociology 91,* 82 Soc. 85,86,87 or SOC. 92,93,94 Electives 5 - 5 - *Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 Foreign Language History l , 2 , or 3 Sociology l l , l 2 Fine Arts H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Religion. Sociology 51,* 52,* 53* Spciology 54,* 55,* 56* Sociology 61* Psychology 5* Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or Economics Electives *Required for the major. Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 , 5 5 5 - - 4 4 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1134 Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 1 5 5 4 1 - 4 1 5 - - 4 - 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Speech-Communication Philosophy Sociology 31,58,59 Elective 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4 5 4 4 - - 9 SENIOR Term II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75,82,73 Psychology 61,62 Electives I 5 5 5 - 5 5 5 5 5 7 PERSONNEL THE B O A R D O F REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Jerome Formo Vice-chairman john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Luther Theological Seminary (Retired) Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co. Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Nelson Resource Corp. Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co. Secretary . . . . . Treasurer Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota President, Security Bank &Trust Co. The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota Professor, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burton P. Fosse President Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ...................................... Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President Vice President for Development Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women ....................................... Vice President for Student Affairs Thomas Holman Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty ............... Assistant Registrar Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services Carl Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D.Strong Company Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc. Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Northern States Power Company (Retired) Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired) Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Lutheran Brotherhood Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0. G. Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judgeof the District Court General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank (Retired) Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund, M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari, Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck, Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs. Sibley, Dewey ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman STANDING: Bailey, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols, Mrs. Baltina TEACHER EDUCATION: E. J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman, Mrs. Parker, Miss Lund, FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren *JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg *STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Johnsrud, Herforth *CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko *RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970 B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan. LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954. ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948. MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia College, 1963. R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota. *ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota. KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota. VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University o f Latvia. *Part-Time Faculty STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University. *NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. *VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. *PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. *LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967. CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. *EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota. WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967. K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70) B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D., Duke University, 1966. CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70) B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. *KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964. SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. 1950. BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70) B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. *EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D., of Colorado, 1968. LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967. DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967. JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian B.A., City College of New York, 1961. DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of Wisconsin. ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services University MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska. NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs, Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Dana College, 1965. CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student Development and Assistant Professor of English B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969. *IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History (on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70). B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology I B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota m State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington. GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. . *MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. *JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. *GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. *SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. *MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy B.A., Augustana College, 1962. LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965. RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. *PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech B.A., University of Arizona, 1968. *MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska. ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. *DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave of absence 1969-70) B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964. J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English B.A., Maryville College, 1962. *AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61. D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965. ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. *CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938. EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947. G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965. RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70) B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota, 1964. CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1967. * J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass) B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963. N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term I and one-half Term 11,1969-70) B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965. DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota. *NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. *WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota. KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963. WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968. HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968. LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953. *KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical Education for Women B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962. RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. *OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology B.A., University of Delaware, 1964. MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969. BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University. ri. Yir JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America. FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota. WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965. *THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960. RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965. EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College. JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota. *MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota. DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. *CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1969. MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska. PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry B.S., Winona State College, 1968. ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota. BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop- ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967. DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State University. L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1955. Non-Returning Faculty *CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology B.A., Kent State University, 1956. JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965. GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965. *CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University. *JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967 *ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. *WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935. *KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943. WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959. *JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech B.A., Macalester College, 1966. *JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech B.A., Macalester College, 1966. *BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966. *WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota. *ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy B.A., St. John's University, 1963. GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1, 1967 to AUGUST 31,1968 Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield, Minn. Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis. Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck, N. Dak. Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis. Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI. Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn. Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn. Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn. Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn. Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn. Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn. Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn. Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn. Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn. Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn. Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn. Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn. Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn. Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park, Minn. Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn. Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn. Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn. Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis. Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn. Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn. Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn. Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis, Minn. Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass. Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn. Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn. Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn. Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn. Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn. Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn. Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn. Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis. Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn. Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center, Minn. Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn. Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park, Minn. Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn. Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn. Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn. Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village, Minn. Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn. Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn. Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn. Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn. DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn. Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn. Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn. Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn. Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn. Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn. Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn. Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn. Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn. Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn. Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn. Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn. Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn. Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn. Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn. Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn. Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn. Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn. Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn. Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn. Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn. Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn. Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn. Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn. Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn. Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center, Minn. Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park, Minn. Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn. Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn. Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect, 111. Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis. Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn. Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn. Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn. Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn. Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo, Norway Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn. Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn. Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn. Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn. Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn. Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn. Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn. Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn. Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn. Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn. Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis. Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn. Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn. Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven, Minn. Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy Republic Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich. Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn. Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn. Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn. Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn. Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn. Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn. Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn. Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill. Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn. Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn. Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak. Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn. Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn. Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn. Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn. Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn. Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis. Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif. Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis, Minn. Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis. Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn. Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn. Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville, Minn. Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis. Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md. Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn. Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn. Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn. Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn. Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn. Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn. Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn. Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn. McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn. Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn. Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul, Minn. Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn. McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn. Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis. Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak. Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn. Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn. Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn. Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn. Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn. Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill. Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn. Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn. Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn. Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn. Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la. Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y. Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn. Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn. Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn. Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn. Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich. Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn. Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn. Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill. Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen, Denmark Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn. Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn. Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn. Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn. Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn. Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London, Minn. Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn. Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn. Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn. Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn. Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn. Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn. Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn. Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby, inn. Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn. Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn. Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak. Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn. Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn. Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc. Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn. Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc. Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis, Minn. Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis, Minn. Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn. Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn. Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn. Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn. Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn. Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn. Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis, Minn. Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn. Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn. Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak. Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn. Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak. Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn. Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn. Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn. Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn. Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn. Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn. Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn. Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn. Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn. Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn. Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn. Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn. Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis, Minn. Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn. / North Branch, Minn. Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn. Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn. Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn. Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn. Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn. Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak. Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn. Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn. Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn. Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn. Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart, Minn. Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn. Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc. Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn. Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn. Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn. GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1, 1968 to AUGUST 31,1969 Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn. Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill. Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn. Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn. Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn. Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn. Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill. Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn. Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis, Minn. Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield, Minn. Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn. Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn. Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn. Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn. Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton, Minn. Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn. Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn. Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn. Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn. Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn. Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights, Minn. Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn. Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn. Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn. Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn. Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn. Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn. Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn. Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn. Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn. Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn. Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal. Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights Minn. Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn. Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn. Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill. Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn. Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn. DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn. Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc. DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn. Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn. Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix, Minn. Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla. Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn. Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn. Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill. Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn. Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill. Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn. Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn. Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn. Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc. Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn. Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn. Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis, Minn. Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen / Minneapolis, Minn. Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la. Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc. Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn. Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn. Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn. Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn. Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn. Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn. Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc. Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn. Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn. Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn. Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn. Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill. Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian, Minn. Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak. Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc. Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn. Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn. Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn. Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn. Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc. Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc. Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn. Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn. Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn. Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn. Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich, Rhode Island Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn. Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn. Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn. Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc. Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn. Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie, Minn. Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn. Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn. Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc. Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc. Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn. Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn. Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn. Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn. Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn. Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn. Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn. Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn. Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y. Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn. Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn. Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn. Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn. King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn. King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn. Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn. Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn. Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn. Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich. Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn. Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn. Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn. Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash. Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal. Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn. La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn. Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash. Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn. Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn. Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn. Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn. Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill. Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn. Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn. Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn. Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn. Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls, Minn. Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn. Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn. Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood, Wisc. Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn. Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc. Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn. Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn. Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn. Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn. Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn. Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis, Minn. Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn. Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn. Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn. Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn. Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn. Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn. Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn. Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn. Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn. Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn. Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn. Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn. Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn. Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn. Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn. Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn. Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc. Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn. Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn. Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn. Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn. Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis, Minn. Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn. Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn. Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn. Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn. Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn. Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn. Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn. Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn. Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn. Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn. Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn. Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn. Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn. Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn. Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn. Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111. Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc. Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn. Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis, Minn. Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn. Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc. Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn. Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn. Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. / Bloomington, Minn. Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence, Iowa Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn. Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn. Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn. Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc. Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn. Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn. Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn. Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn. Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis, Minn. Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn. Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn. Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn. Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn. Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn. Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn. Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn. Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak. Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn. Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md. Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn. Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn. Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis, Minn. Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn. Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn. Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn. Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn. Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn. Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn. Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn. ,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn. Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak. Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn. Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn. Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn. Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn. Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn. Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn. Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn. Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn. Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn. Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal. Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn. Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn. Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn. Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn. Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn. Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn. Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn. Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota, Minn. Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn. Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn. Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n . Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn. Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn. Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn. Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn. Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn. Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn. Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc. Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn. West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn. Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn. Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn. Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn. Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn. Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn. Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn. Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn. SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Graduates Graduates Graduates Graduates TOTAL 1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743 1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222 1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258 282 1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4505 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968 FIRST TERM SECOND TERM THIRD TERM SUMMER SESSION Men Women Total Men Women Total Men Women Total M e n Women Total 142 164 206 242 16 0 0 0 0 770 140 161 202 234 11 0 0 0 0 748 138 155 198 227 13 0 0 0 0 731 134 276 164 328 197 403 280 522 11 27 49 49 4 4 44 43 43 62 62 984 1754 124 264 165 326 197 399 272 506 9 20 49 49 4 0 40 42 42 60 60 958 1706 116 254 156 311 190 388 265 492 8 21 48 48 64 64 4 0 40 56 56 943 1674 Total Academic Year (1967-1968) Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Men Women Total 155 136 291 173 170 343 221 204 425 253 290 543 24 18 42 0 49 49 0 78 78 0 43 43 0 62 62 826 1050 1876 Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968 SLA Men Students Women Students Total NURSES Men Women Total TOTAL 40 26 16 3 3 31 25 19 8 10 71 51 35 11 13 88 93 181 ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969 SUMMER SESSION FIRST TERM Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D.H. Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total SECOND TERM Women Total Men 161 158 319 168 157 325 214 214 428 242 266 508 13 20 33 0 4 8 4 8 0 50 50 0 56 56 0 74 74 798 1043 1841 140 161 213 241 12 Men Women Total 139 279 151 312 199 412 259 500 18 30 47 47 43 43 55 55 71 71 767 982 1749 THIRD TERM 1ST SESSION 2ND SESSION Men Women Total Men Women Total Men Women Total 126 174 202 236 25 135 261 148 312 192 394 250 486 26 51 44 44 66 66 52 52 61 61 753 974 1727 Total Academic Year (1968-1969) Class Senior Junior Sophomore Freshmen Special Nurse D. H Nurse F.H. Nurse M.H. Nurse S.H. Total Men Women Total 169 166 335 179 163 342 233 219 452 261 274 535 66 29 37 48 0 48 86 0 86 56 0 56 74 0 74 871 1123 1994 Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969 SLA M e n Students Women Students Total NURSES Men Women Total TOTAL 38 39 19 12 5 34 28 15 8 5 1 72 67 34 20 0 113 90 203 20 10 7 4 2 7 17 8 18 5 12 1 5 1 3 33 22 55 INDEX Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Accreditation ....................... 6 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33 Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46 Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10 Business Administration ......... 56. 101 Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104 Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31 Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy .................46 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104 Degree .............................. 38 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58. Education. Department of ........... Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64. Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65. Electives ........................... Eligibility Requirements ........... Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67. Enrollment ........................ Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examinations ...................... Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 63 106 107 39 31 108 108 148 22 42 14 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Assistance ................ 15 Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109 . General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Graduates (1870-1966). Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 34 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50 Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 7.. Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 ...... Laboratories. Natural Science 12 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8 Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 ............................ .................. ........... Majors 38 Mathematics 74. 112 45. 733 Medical Technology Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113 Membership i n Educational Associations ...................... 6 Metropolitan Opportunities 27 Ministry. Preparation for the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 M o d e r n Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83 Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 ........ ....... - Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Norwegian ......................... 78 Numbering o f Courses .............. 50 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Objectives and Aims ................ Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 34 ~ass/No Credit Grading System 48 Payment of Accounts ..............I5 Personnel Services. Student ........ 33 Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117 Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117 pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120 President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Registration Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50 Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119 Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Social and Recreational Programs . . 26 Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50 Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45 Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33 Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 w w ii b w w 1 - rn 1 ...>-;; b r,. . .. 1 - +:? . '- - - .?: I:? . - .I$. 3 Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Upper Division Requirements ....... 38 :+r ?>. " I . Additions to the Augsburg College Now CHANGES EFFECTIVE - SEPTEMBER, 1972 1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR (The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14) Tuition General Fee Room and Board 2. $1750 $ 150 $1017 to $1050 TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED (The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15) The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50. 3. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS (The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22) Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is required for admission of all freshmen. 4. METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies. A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology. 5. THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972 The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken. 6. EXCHANGE PROGRAM A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester College. (over) Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn. TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972 - 73 ACADEMIC YEAR Fall Semester .................................... 2qaknke-4 September 5, 6 Welcome-Week ....................................... September 7 .......................... December 15 ......................................... December 18 - 22 Classes Begin ............................... Registration - Fall Semester Classes End Final Examinations Interim January 3 - 30 ............................. .. . . . , January Interim Spring Semester r', .......................................... &-mr33 February 6 ......................... Easter Recess ............................................. Classes End May 14 - 18 May 20 Classes Begin - Spring Semester ........................................ April 19 - 23 May 11 Registration ................................... ......................................... Final Examinations Commencement
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1971
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1971
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
~~INNEAPOLIS,MN. 55404 A SUMMER URBAN TERM CINEMA M RM M A ~ N G DAY AND EVENING CLASSES * A66istant R-1- CONTENSS -- GR ...... ., ,,,,,, ... . 3 Cinema Workshop F i l m Making 4 Augsburg Summer Urban Term ,, 6 Elementary & Secondary Education Courses, C r e d i t s , Calendar 7 8 ...
Show more ~~INNEAPOLIS,MN. 55404 A SUMMER URBAN TERM CINEMA M RM M A ~ N G DAY AND EVENING CLASSES * A66istant R-1- CONTENSS -- GR ...... ., ,,,,,, ... . 3 Cinema Workshop F i l m Making 4 Augsburg Summer Urban Term ,, 6 Elementary & Secondary Education Courses, C r e d i t s , Calendar 7 8 Course L i s t i n g s , Schedules ,,, Taking Work a t Concordia Map 10 11 E l i g i b i l i t y f o r Summer School Financial Information * r i * m , r r,mrdr 12 , ,,,,, ,*. , 13 Appl ic a t i on Form , New Course D e s c r i p t i o n s ,+, 14 Approval Form f o r Other I n s t i t u t i o n s . 15 .......... . . . . . . . -..... ....... ,. .,... ., ..... . 2 SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n u p t o s e v e n t e e n Term C r e d i t s i n the t w o A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . The f i r s t summer t e r m p e r m i t s p a r t i c i p a n t s t o ten c r e d i t s over a p e r i o d o f s i x w e e k s . For the s e c o n d summer Term C r e d i t s w e e k s , the n o r m a l maximum l o a d i s seven c r e d i t s . to Quarter C r e d i t s . summer sessions a t a c h i e v e a s many a s term, l a s t i n g four are equal i n value PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e , since c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand a r e i n some c a s e s s u b j e c t t o c a n c e l 1a t i o n . FILM-MAKING through p r a c t i c a l 1ab experience. D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . Taught by PAUL RUSTEN, w r i t e r , d i r e c t o r , independent f i l m producer. Four c r e d i t s . ... ... 16mm c o u r s e emphasis on p r a c t i c a l film-making l a b fee provides a l l s t u d e n t n e e d s , i n c l u d i n g both p r o f e s s i o n a l s t u d i o and l i g h t w e i g h t "location" equipment , c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l a s s i g n m e n t s i n p h o t o g r a p h y , l i g h t i n g , e d i t i n g and s o u n d s t u d e n t s w i l l d e s i g n and p r o d u c e a s o u n d f i l m c r e d i t s may be e a r n e d i n A r t , S p e e c h , o r E n g l i s h see l i s t i n g s , pp. 8 , 9 .. ... CONTENT ... ... The language o f f i l m Film d e s i g n Scripting, Production p l a n n i n g Cinematography, l i g h t i n g and sound r e c o r d i n g C a s t i n g , d i r e c t i n g , f i n d i n g l o c a t i o n s and b u i l d i n g s e t s Voice, music and sound e f f e c t s r e c o r d i n g and mixing E d i t i n g p i c t u r e and sound Laboratory p r e p a r a t i o n and terminology Contemporary and e x p e r i m e n t a l t e c h n i q u e s t%T: 0RW W O I R D ~ ~ W6SntmcS ~ C THE POPULAR qeneral e d u c a t i o n course, INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS, has t r a d i t i o n a l l y i n c l u d e d an emphasis upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e o f t h e comnunity. As t a u g h t i n t h e 1971 Augsburg Summer School, i t w i l l s t r e s s urban environmental e s t h e t i c s , encouraging c r e a t i v e c r i t i c i s m and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f t h e c i t y scene. TERM 11, eveninqs. See A r t 1001. %3(oG3: A UGSBURG Is SUMMER URBAN TERM I provides an and e x c i t i n g a r r a y o f courses to s a t i s f y the s t u d e n t who r e c o g n i z e s the c r u c i a l importance o f the city in the l i f e and v a l u e s o f con t e m p o r a r y m a n , a n d who w i s h e s t o deepen h i s o f the p r o b l e m s a n d possibilities of urban e x i s t e n c e , - > - , P ~ E M OP THL-DW WOIMWT- THIS NEW COURSE probes problems o f p o p u l a t i o n growth and t h e human ecosystem, and deals w i t h t h e impact o f urban d e s i t y and t e r r i t o r i a l b e h a v i o r , environmental p o l l u t i o n and g e n e t i c damage, and man's attempts t o overcome h i s b i o l o g i c a l l i m i t a t i o n s . TERM I. See B i o l o g y 2010, BIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT, team t a u g h t by Dr. S y l v i a K e r r and P r o f . I r w i n Mickelberg. ~ & T I o &MU , MA^ ~ T I O Q ?LAB HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY, designed t o f u l f i l l t h e 1971 Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Education r e q u l a t i o n r e q a r d i n g human r e l a t i o n s i n c e r t i f i c a t i o n programs. Understandi n g o f r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l , and economic groups; s k i 11 i n r e c o g n i z i n g and d e a l i n g w i t h d i s c r i m i n a t i o n and dehumanizing biases; s k i l l i n c r e a t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences c o n t r i b u t i n g to p o s i t i v e i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e 1 a t i o n s and a t t i t u d e s toward human d i v e r s i t y and personal r i g h t s , d e a l t w i t h v i a a mu1 t i -medi a approach i n v o l v i n g community e x p e r t s and resource people, s i m u l a t i o n , f i e l d experience, TV m i c r o teaching, and assessment procedures. I n v o l v e s a l i v e - i n experience i n a r a c i a l l y and economically mi xed community. Personnel o f t e a c h e r - t r a i n i n q i n s t i t u t i o n s , as w e l l as p r e s e n t and p r o s p e c t i v e teachers, a r e i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . See Educ. 4486, 4586. TERM I. - &LI~G$L % ! ! W E ;&?RD@uT~N.coN?L!$ I POLITICAL PROBLEMS AND POSSIBILITIES o f Alnerican c i t i e s and metropol i tan areas p r o v i d e t h e focus f o r t h i s s t u d y , which stresses s t r u c t u r a l , p r o c e d u r a l , i d e o l o q i c a l and o t h e r p o l i t i c a l r e a l i t i e s o f t h e American p o l i t i c a l system. Tauqht by Dr. Myles Stenshocl , T o g e t h e r w i t h t h e new who suqqests t h a t "we may be a b l e t o save o u r c i t i e s , i f we can l e a r n t o qnvern thelrl." URBAN STUDIES MAJOR, t h e TERM 11. See P o l i t i c a l Science 8522. Summer U r b a n T e r m h a s been e s t a b l i s h e d i n the c o n v i c t i o n t h a t Augsburg C o l l e g e i s uniquely equipped i n p e r s p e c t i v e and location to provide opport uni t y for a significant mu1 ti - d i m e n s i o n a l e n c o u n t e r w i t h the c i t y . SUILWA; 2 b & S a1~ k ( ~M W ~ ~ TAUGHT BY WILLIAM GRACE o f the CENTER FOR URBAN ENCOUNTER, t h i s seminar w i l l , he suqqests, "enable those students who have faced the endless f r u s t r a t i o n o f de-lonstrat i o n a f t e r demonstration t o beqin t o a c q u i r e the s k i l l s t o move from r h e t o r i c t o a c t i o n . " Focusinq on the n a t u r e o f chanqe, the understandinq o f power, and the d e f i n i t i o n o f issues, t h e course i s intended f o r persons w i s h i n q t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n q i v i n q d i r e c t i o n t o s o c i a1 chanqe. COMMllNITY ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZING FOR SOCIAL CHANGE. L i s t e d as P o l i t i c a l Science i % T and Socioloqy 9467. TERM I. s=7 Q-L\GIo~J: -7% UW~ c l u g u ~ THE URBAN CHURCH: PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS. Tauqht by Dr. John Benson, who b e l i e v e s t h a t t o d e f i n e the r o l e o f the contemporary urban church one should b e q i n w i t h a study o f the p a r t i c u l a r problems o f modern urban man, e. q., d e p e r s o n a l i z a t i o n , consumerisn~, t h e absence o f t r u e l i e s u r e . A f t e r a n a l y z i n q the adequacy o f e x i s t i n q s t r u c t u r e s and proqrams o f t h e church i n meetinq these human problems, the c l a s s w i l l c o n s t r u c t models o f urban churches i n an attempt t o d i s c o v e r more r e l e v a n t approaches. See R e l i q i o n 8769. TERM I. THE 1 9 7 1 SUMMER URBAN TERM o f f e r s up t o ten w e e k s o f WAYNE PAULSON, who w i l l teach Socioloqy 9463, THE URBAN CRISIS, has p r o v i d e d a r a t h e r mutual1y r e i n f o r c i n g a r i d course d e s c r i p t i o n : "The h i s t o r i c a l and s o c i a l r o o t s o f t h e complex o f problems experience i n s i x c o n f r o n t i n g o u r c i t i e s w i l l be analyzed. Contemporary s o l u t i o n s and proposals f o r departments, s o l u t i o n s w i l l be c r i t i c a l l y explored." Those who know M r . Paulson w i l l expect an e x c i t i n q course on t h e urban c r i s i s from a s o c i o l o q i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e ; t h e c h i e f t e x t i s as well as r e l a t e d c o u r s e s i n other t h e 1971 work o f Venetoulis and Eisenhauer, UP AGAINST THE URBAN WALL. TERM I. Summer S c h o o l o f f e r i n g s a ~ SUMMER OFFERI?Jr.? I N HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY, ELELENTARY AND zECCNDARY EDUCATION See d e s c r i p t i o n on page 4, STUDENT TEACHING. S t u d e n t t e a c h i n g i s a v a i l a b l e f o r 7 c r e d i t s and f o r 1 4 c r e d i t s on b o t h t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary l e v e l s . C o n s u l t Chairman, Department o f E d u c a t i o n . THE FOLLOWING WORKSHOPS, geared p a r t i c u l a r l y t o w a r d t h e e l e m e n t a r y l e v e l , a r e a v a i 1a b l e t h i s summer v i a c o o p e r a t i v e arranqements w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , St. Paul. INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA, SOURCES & TECHNIQUES, 3 cr. (June 7-18, 1-4 p.m. See C381.) ELEMENTARY TEACHING PROBLEMS, 3 c r . ( J u l y Playing 6-16, 1:OO-3:45 p.m. See C463.) Current technological trends i n education; selection and c r e a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s ; comp e t e n t u s e o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l media. r o l e o f teacher, student i s confronted with problems o f b e h a v i o r , p a r e n t r e l a t i o n s , c u r r i c u l a , teaching technology, classroom management and e v a l ua t i o n . Techniques o f problem-solving & decision-making. Prereq.: Teaching experience o r s t u d e n t teaching. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION, 3 c r , (June 21~ u l y2 , 1 :00-3:45 p.m. See C433,) Analy s i s & development o f e f f e c t i v e educational programs f o r f o u r - and f i v e - y e a r - o l d s . INNER CITY TEACHING PROBLEMS, 3 c r . ( J u l y 19-30, 1:OO-3:45 p.m. See C464.) Partici p a n t s t u d i e s c u l t u r a l and soci a 1 f o r c e s o f ALCOHOL, NARCOTIC AND DRUG EDUCATION, 1 c r . Thenature (August 2-6, 1:00-3:45pnm.) school community, l i f e s t y l e s , mores, envi r o n m e n t a l f a c t o r s , s p e e c h and b e h a v i o r patterns v i a simulated involvement as s i x t h g r a d e i n n e r - c i t y t e a c h e r d e a l i n g w i t h problems o f disadvantaged p u p i l s . Prerequisi te: Teaching experience o r s t u d e n t teaching. and e f f e c t s o f mood a l t e r i n g c h e m i c a l s s u c h a s d r u g s and a l c o h o l , Causative societal f a c t o r s i n c h e m i c a l a b u s e r i d e n t i f y i n g and h e l p i n g c h e m i c a l 1 y a b u s e d p u p i l s , See C471 COURSE VALUES a t Auqsburq C o l l e q e a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , d i r e c t l y i n t e r c h a n q e a b l e w i t h Quarter Credits. PROJECTED COURSE OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d on t h e f o l l o w i n g paqe. Courses w i t h f o u r - d i g i t numbers a r e Augsburq courses; those i d e n t i f i e d b y a l e t t e r f o l l o w e d by t h r e e d i g i t s a r e o f f e r e d by t h e Concordia, St. Paul, Summer School. Auqsburq s t u d e n t s may r e q i s t e r f o r courses on b o t h campuses (see paqe 10). AUGSBURG COURSES i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s a r e those whose l a s t two d i g i t s a r e 50 o r above; f o r course d e s c r i p t i o n s see t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f Now. Concordia o f f e r i n g s numbered 300 and h i g h e r a r e s i m i l a r l y i n t .d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ; course d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e found i n t h e Concordia Col l e q e Catalog. INDEPENDENT STUDY, w h i l e n o t l i s t e d amonq t h e course o f f e r i n q s , may be taken d u r i n q t h e Augsburg Summer School i n a number o f departments; f o r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n s u l t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . CHANGES I N SUMMER SCHOOL r e q i s t r a t i o n must be made a t t h e course may be added a f t e r t h e t h i r d meeting o f a daytime meeting o f an e v e n i n q c l a s s . COLLEGE M 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 S M 4 5 11 12 18 19 25 26 S 1 8 15 22 29 M 2 9 16 23 30 JUNE T W T 1 2 3 8 9 1 0 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 JULY T W T 1 6 7 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 29 AUGUST T W T 3 4 5 10 11 12 17 18 19 24 25 26 31 Sumner School O f f i c e ; no c l a s s o r a f t e r t h e second SHOULD A STUDENT WITHDRAW f r o m a course, he must do so n o t l a t e r than Thursday, J u l y 8 ( F i r s t Term), o r Monday, Auqust 9 (Second Term), t o a v o i d a f a i l i n g qrade. O f f i c i a l w i t h d r a w a l w i t h i n t h e t i m e l i m i t s i n d i c a t e d w i l l r e s u l t i n t h e t r a n s c r i p t n o t a t i o n "W". THE S reserves t h e r i g h t t o cancel a course f o r which t h e r e i s l i t t l e demand. FIRST SESSION June 7 -July 16,1971 (six weeks) SECOND SESSION July 19 August 13,1971 (four weeks) - DEPT. NUMBER Art Art Biol. Biol. Biol. Biol. B.Ad. B.Ad. B.Ad. Chem. Econ. Educ. E. Educ. E. Educ. S. Educ. S. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Engl Eng 1. Engl. Engl. Engl. . Fren. Fren. Geog. Germ. Germ. Germ. Germ. HPE HPE HPE HPE Hist. Hist. Hist. Hist. Math. Math. MUS . . MUS . MUS . Mus . Mus Phil. Phil. P.SC. p.sc. p.sc. Psych. Psych. Psych. Rel. Rel. Rel. Rel. soc. SOC. SOC. soc. SOC. soc. SOC. span. span. Spch. Spch. Spch. CR. .TERM TITLE I1 1001 4 I n t r o . t o t h e F i n e A r t s (Thompson) 1042 4 Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n ) II 2006 5 Human Anatomy & P h y s i o l o g y ( M i c k l e b e r g ) I-II 2010 5 B i o l . Prob. o f Urban Environment ( K e r r ) I D251 4 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Biology I D358 3 F i e l d Biology I 2101 5 P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting (Gru) I 2102 5 P r i n c i p l e s of Accounting (Gru) I1 2184 5 Advanced Accounting (Romslo) I 3405 6 P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry (Gyberg) I A211 3 P r i n c i p l e s of Economics I 1-11 4484 7or14 S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary ( J o h n s o n ) 4486 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g ) I 4584 7or14 S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary (Johnson) 1-11 4586 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g ) I C357 2 Teaching of A r t I C381 3 InstructionalMedia I C433 3 E a r l y Childhood E d u c a t i o n I C452 2 Teaching of S o c i a l S t u d i e s I C463 3 Elementary Teaching Problems I1 C464 3 I n n e r C i t y Teaching Problems II C471 1 N a r c o t i c & Drug E d u c a t i o n I1 C480 3 Children's Literature I1 5430 5 Modern F i c t i o n ( P a l o s a a r i ) I1 II 5442 4 Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n ) 5452 4 The Antebellum South ( D a v i s ) I 5464 5 A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e South of S a h a r a ( M i t c h e l 1 ) I B365 3 American S h o r t S t o r y I 7003 4 ~ n t e r m e d i a t eFrench 3 ( S c h w e i s s ) I 7004 4 I n t e r m e d i a t e French 4 ( S c h w e i s s ) II A343 3 Geography of Anglo-America II 7203 4 I n t e r m e d i a t e German 3 ( S t e i n m e t z ) I 7204 4 I n t e r m e d i a t e German 4 ( S t e i n m e t z ) II B131 5 B i n n i n g German 1 I I1 B132 4 ~ e g l m n gGerman 2 5520 4 I n t r o . t o S a f e t y E d u c a t i o n (Wagner) I 5555 4 I n t r o . t o D r i v e r & T r a f f i c S a f e t y Ed.(Wagner)I 5556 4 Teaching D r i v e r & S a f e t y Educ. (Wagner) I1 5554 2 D i v e r s i f i e d Summer Rec. Program ( P e a r s o n ) I-II 5652 4 The Antebellum South ( D a v i s ) I 5677 4 A f r i c a South of S a h a r a ( G u s t a f s o n ) I A152 3 Development of Modern World I1 A334 3 U.S. H i s t o r y : I n d u s t r i a l Rev. - W W I I 6105 5 P r i n c i p l e s o f Mathematics ( M u t c h l e r ) I 6106 5 P r i n c i p l e s of Mathematics, Cont. ( M u t c h l e r ) I1 8201 4 Theory 1 (Johnson) I 1 Applied Music I 8209 8251 2 D i v e r s i f i e d Summer Rec. Program ( P e a r s o n ) I - I I 8263 0-2 S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop ( S a t e r e n ) II E240 3 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Musical S t y l e 8323 5 Logic ( J o h n s r u d ) I I B340 3 Major Systems o f P h i l o s o p h y 8522 4 American Govt. 3: Metro. Complex ( S t e n s h o e 1 ) I I I1 8557 4 American P o s i t i v e S t a t e ( S t e n s h o e l ) 8567 3 Commun. O r g a n i z a t i o n : Organ. f o r Soc. Change I 8605 5 G e n e r a l Psychology ( J o h n s o n ) I 8675 5 S o c i a l Psychology (Dyrud) II 8685 4 C o u n s e l i n g Psychology ( J o h n s o n ) I 8769 5 Urban Church: Prob1.ems & P r o s p e c t s (Benson) I R210 3 Old Testament I I R211 3 Old Testament I 1 I1 I R430 3 Lutheran Confessional Writings 9431 5 S o c i o l o g y of t h e Family ( M i l l e r ) I 9461 5 S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s (Grams) I 9463 4 Urban C r i s i s ( P a u l s o n , Wroblewski) I 9467 3 Comun. o r g a n i z a t i o n : Organ. f o r Soc. Change I 9475 5 S o c i a l Psychology (Dyrud) I1 9484 3 Crime and S o c i e t y (Appleby) I 9486 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g ) 1-11 7601, 5 Beginning Spanish 1 ( S t e i n m e t z ) I I1 7602 5 Beginning S p a n i s h 2 ( S t e i n m e t z ) 9811 4 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Speech (Anderson) I 9816 4 C r e a t i v e Dramatics ( C o l e ) I 9842 4 Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n ) II * .. . HOURS DAYS 7-10 pm 8:OO-12: 00 7-10 pm 1:40-3:00 9:30-11:50 7 :15-8: 20 7:15-8:35 7:30-9:30 Arr. 12:15-1:35 8:30-9:20 TWT M-F Arr M,W M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F COMMENTS Lab Fee $50 Ten Weeks Lab Fee $ 8 Concordia Concordia Arr. M-F M-F . Arr. 1:30-5:00 Arr. 1:30-5:00 11:oo-12:lO 1:OO-3:45 1:OO-3:45 1 1 : O O - 1 1 : 50 1:OO-3:45 1:OO-3:45 1:OO-3:45 10:50-12:05 1:3@-3:50 8:OO-12:OO 10:40-11:45 7-10 pm 1O:OO-10:50 M-F Arr. 7 : 15-8: 35 7:30-9:30 8:55-1O:lO 8:45-10:05 1o:oo-12:oo 1 O : O O - 1 1 : 35 7:30-9:20 7-10 pm 7-10 pm 7-10 pm Arr. 10:40-11:45 7-10 pm 7: 30-8:45 7:30-8:20 7:15-8:35 7:30-9:30 MTTF MTTF M-F MTTF MTTF M-F Arr. Arr. Arr. M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M- F T,Th M-F M-F M,W Lab Fee $ 5 , Lab Arranged Concordia Overlaps I - I I , Add. ~ e e / $ 1 5 - $ 3 0 June 14-July 2, Some Evenings Overlaps I - I I , Add. Fee/$15-$30 June 14-July 2, Some Evenings June 7-25, Concordia Workshop-June 7-18, Concordia Workshop-June 21-July 2 , Concordia June 28-July 1 6 , Concordia Workshop-July 6-16, Concordia Workshop-July 19-30, Concordia Workshop-August 2-6, Concordia Concordia Lab Fee $50 Concordia Concordia Concordia i~CcoPdia Lab Fee $10 T,Th M,W,Th M-F June 21 M-F - July 16 M,W M-F M-F M-F M-F Arr. Arr. M-F Concordia Concordia A d d i t i o n a l Fee $25 June 21 - J u l y 16 August 15-20, S e p a r a t e Regis. Concordia M-F M- F M-F Concordia TWTF TWTh T,Th B i l l G r a c e , Urban Encounter M-F M-F T,Th M- F M-F Concordia M-F Concordia M-F Concordia MWorTTh M-F T,Th T,Th B i l l Grace, Urban Encounter M-F T,Th June 14-July 2 , Some Evenings M-F M-F M,W T,Th M-F .... F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on Independent S t u d y , c o n s u l t Summer School O f f i c e II=.=-. I Lab Fee $50 9 TO INCREASE a v a i l a b l e course offering:, Augsburg C o l l e g e cooperates w i t h Concordia College, S t . Paul, i n i t s Summer School program. Students t a k i n g work a t Augsburg may r e g i s t e r a t t h e same t i m e f o r courses a t Concordia. ABOUT TEN MINUTES a p a r t a l o n g I n t e r s t a t e Highway 94, b o t h schools a r e e a s i l y a c c e s s i b l e from t h e freeway. TO REACH AUGSBURG f r o m t h e west, use t h e 2 5 t h Avenue-Riverside e x i t . From t h e e a s t , e x i t t o R i v e r s i d e . THE BEST EXIT t o Concordia C o l l e g e f r o m 1-94 i s t h a t a t L e x i n g t o n Parkway; t a k e L e x i n g t o n s o u t h t o M a r s h a l l , and M a r s h a l l west t o t h e c o l l e g e . PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s o f such ~ n s t i t u t i o n s ,a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s been a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and has not s u b s e q u e n t l y been dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l a t t e n d Summer School, a s a r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by t h i s year. Term of 1971 a r e e l i g i b l e t c o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e f a l l of I F REGULARLY ATTENDING o r a d m i t t e d t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , the a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer Schooi w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from an a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t he i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e ( A form f o r t h i s purpose i s found on t h e i n s i d e back c o v e r . ) summer s e s s i o n s . C r e d i t s c a n n o t be t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . - OTHER PERSONS wishing t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r of Summer School t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l c i r c u m s t a n c e s . ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t does n o t imply admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w l s h i n g t o complete a d e g r e e p r o g r a m a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions.' ' -I .. . 1 I SUMMER SCHOOL -$30.00 p e r c r e d i t . COSTS i , i ~ c . i u d ea G e n e r a l F e e o f $ 1 0 . 0 0 , p l u s a T u i t i o n c h a r g e o f PLEASE NOTE t h a t l a b o r a t o r y fees a r e c h a r g e d f o r s e v e r a l c o u r s e s , a s i ' n d i c a t e d i n t h e C o u r s e ~ i s t j n g s , , I n t h e c a s e o f A p p l i e d M u s i c , p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l cost $25..00 p e r c r e d i t i n a d d i t i o n t o the T u i t i o n a n d G e n e r a l Fee. A TUITION DEPOSIT o f $ 3 0 . 0 0 m u s t accompany t h e Summer S c h o o l A p p l i c a t i o n a n d P r e r e g i s t r a t i ' o n Form? T h i s d e p o g ' i t i $ r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s a c t u a l l y o f f e r e d f a i l t o s a t i s f y t h e h p p l i c a n t f s choices, i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , l i s t e d b y t h e s t u d e n t Jn h i s P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n Form. ALL TUITION c h a r g e s a n d f e e s a r e t o be p a i d i n f u l l when F i n a l R e g i s t r a t i o n i s c o m p l e t e d on t h e f i r s t d a y o f Summer S c h o o l c l a s s e s ( J u n e 7 for s t u d e n t s d o i i ~F i r s t Term w o r k ; J u l y 1 9 f o r Second Term c o u r s e s ) , I F A STUDENT DEBIDES TO CANCEL h l s r e g i s t r a t i o n , a r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n i s a l l o w e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g s ~ h e d u l e : FIRST TERM: J u n e 7-11, 8 0 % ; J u n e 1 4 - 1 8 , 6 0 % ; J u n e 21-25, 40%'; n o r e f u n d w i l l b e made a f t e r J u n e 25. SECOND TERM: J u l y 19-22, 8 0 % ; J u l y 2 3 - 2 7 , 6 0 % ; J u l y 28-*30,, 40%: n o r e f u n d w i l l b e made a f t e r J u l y 30. ROOM AND lB@ARDr I f you need h T u s i n y t h i s summer, p l e a s e c o n t a c t M r . James L a n c a s t e r , D i r e c t o r o f Housing, f o r in f o r ~ l i a ton. f q i n i i f e d f o o d s e r v i c e w i 11 be a v a i 1 a b l e d u r i n i n . t h e MAuqsburg vicinity., summer, s u p p l emented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r d r l t s and sna~k.shopsw i I E . t I trtrr- N U %clclclclclcl r-. m 3h,ulbPP,P,b. P, r-.m L P , 3 3 b 3 sazss,,;, g rt;;.Egg2 2 m 9.2 ? t uu rSt $ 3 ; : tLQr-.rtnJbb rt .g2sa219ekEi, m e a?.? a;? ? k r t b R C Y r t b \ D r - . C m r t b a V o ~ a o l s a ~ b Y U1 a r t O'.'.tTrtbOI b c O c r t b b b ~ c e c ?I1 i, I Qgs%%2 U-J?014CYtTtT " ? Y " " r t $ $ ' m I ,, EX? b 3q c lmh on on U U b t 3 Z E E P , m m m o p r t s. 3 1- "1"". Z:;Z%% 2 2 3 ' 23 bP, ; Cl 2 ; I tT m . EY Eoo b r t r t gag ? ? ? bb. " 5 Q B . ~ ie pl b a n "51 ?? . D E S C R I P T I O N S for regular offerings a t Augsburg and Concordia a r e available in the respective col 1 ege catalogs. Several new courses and special summer offerings are described on pages 3, 4, and 5 , above. COURSE E N G L I S H 5 4 6 4 . A F R I C A N L I T E R A T U R E SOUTH OF A readings course i n THE SAHARA. 5 cr. w o r k s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y A f r i c a n novelists , p o e t s , d r a m a t i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s , and e s s a y i s t s t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s w i t h the growing w e a l t h o f A f r i c a n l i t e r a t u r e , t h e m e s and t r a d i t i o n s and t o s t i m u l a t e a c r o s s c u l t u r a l human e x p e r i e n c e OTHER NEW OFFERINGS INCLUDE: . SOCIOLOGY 9 4 8 4 . EXPERIMENTAL SEMINAR ON CRIME AND SOCIETY. 3 cr. I n t e r a c t i o n bet w e e n A u g s b u r g s t u d e n t s and f o r m e r p r i s o n i n m a t e s , u s i n g a c o - l e a r n i n g model t o s t u d y r e s o u r c e m a t e r i a l i n c r i m i n o l o g y and t o r e f l e c t upon i d e a s and f e e l i n g s o f p a r t i c i pants. G o a l s i n c l u d e p e r s o n a l g r o w t h and u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f s e l f and o t h e r s . HISTORY 5 6 7 7 . A F R I C A SOUTH O F THE SAHARA. 4 Cr. The n a t u r e o f A f r i c a n h i s t o r y , t r a d i t i o n a l k i n g d o m s , I s l a m i c p e n e t r a t i o n , the s l a v e t r a d e , European i m p e r i a l i s m , and recent A f r i c a n moderni z a t i o n . HPE 5 5 2 0 , 5 5 5 5 , and 5 5 5 6 . D R I V E R S ' EDUCAT I O N COURSES. Three courses leading t o E N G L I S H 5 4 5 2 and HISTORY 5 6 5 2 . THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH: I T S HISTORY AND LITERATURE. 4 Cr. T h e m a t i c e x a m i n a t i o n o f p r e - C i v i l War S o u t h e r n l i f e : R e g i o n a l s e l f - c o n s c i o u s ness, the a r t s , o u t s i d e r s r v i e w s o f the S o u t h , s l a v e r y , and an e x a m i n a t i o n o f the events, men and i s s u e s l e a d i n g t o the war. certification as a teacher of drivers' educdtion. T a u g h t e v e n i n g s d u r i n g the 1 0 w e e k s of summer school, courses include INTRO- DUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATTON, INTRODUCTION TO DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATION, and TEACHING DRIVER & TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATJON. Twelve c r e d i t s (4 credi ts per course) . T h i s f o r m i s t o be u s e d b y s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s other t h a n A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . A u g s b u r g Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may be t r a n s f e r r e d t o the s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n , i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d b y t h a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . R e t u r n completed form to: Summer S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN S t u d e n t ' s Name ... --- 55404. -. A _ College o r University - The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g a t t h i s i n s t i t u t i o n and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n Summer School c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e i n 1971. S p e c i a l r e s t r i c t i o n s , i f any: b - S i g n a t u r e and ~it l e - - - - R e g i s t r a r , or other ~ e s ~ o n s l " b 1Oef f i c e r ) Date ANNOUNCING: SOC. 84: EXPERIMENTAL SEMINAR ON CRIME AND SOCIETY 3 Credits (A THREE CREDIT OPPORTUNITY TO BECOME A PART OF A HUMANIZING LEARNING COMMUNITY EXPLORING THE AREA OF ,CRIME AND SOCIETY) T h i s experimental semlnar which meets one n i g h t a week f o r t h r e e hours a t S t i l l w a t e r and Shakopee p r i s o n s p r o v i d e s a unique o p p o r t u n i t y f o r Augsburg s t u d e n t s and S t i l l w a t e r and Shakopee Inmates t o become col e a r n e r s w l t h one another. The emphasis w i l l be on r e l a t i n g resource m a t e r l a l i n t h e area o f c r l m l n o l o g y , and ideas and f e e l i n g s o f t h e p a r t i c l p a n t s , t o t h e s e l f . By so doing, t h i s seminar w i l l h o p e f u l l y f a c i l i t a t e personal growth and understanding o f s e l f and others. T h l s seminar ,is open t o J u n i o r s and Seniors. These c r e d i t s may ' An innovative course in mental Soc. 83: Social Psycholohealth gy of Mental Health and Mental, Disorder will be offered to Uni' versity students at Augsburg Colr, lege winter quarter. University students may register as adult specials until the course is filled. ;* Students enrolled will join patients and staff at either Anoka ( State Hospital or Hastings State Hospital for an evening class once a week. Participants will read a required text, keep a journal of their class experience and gather , for discussions, role-playing and group sessions during the 3-cr !course. Cal Appleby, Augsburg sociolo instructor, said a third section f ahdents may be opened, , -; 1 - 7, -.
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1970
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1970
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result

Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Title
Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below. FRESHlYIAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. . ................ .Z Basic Bible Fi-eshrnan English .3 Natural Science ........--.-3 Typewriting ............... .I Physical Activities '5 Foreign Language ......... . 4 Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3 ......... ......... I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 'h 4 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Chzrrch History .-2 Speech 11 ................ ..2 3 Speech 12 ..................3 Foreign Language .3 General Psychology .3 3 Fine Arts ...................1 First Aid ..............-.... Natural Science ........... .3 2 Speech 16 ................. .Electives .................... 3 3 ........... ......... ....... - SENIOR JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 T h e Missionary Enterprise . Principles of Christian Education ................ .2 2 T h e Christian Churches T h e Lutheran Church ..... .% Social Psychology or Urban Sociology ................ .3 Acting 3 Crafts 2 Elementary Shorthand .... .3 3 Recreational Activities ..... 1 Electives .................. .6 4 .- ...- - I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2 Educational Psychology ... .3 H y m n s and Music o f t h e Church .................. .2 Journalistic Writing .. .: ... 2 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3 Secretarial Practice .........3 Electives .................. .8 6 - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature, French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. Cr. .2 Religion 1, 2 ............. English 1, 2 .............. . 3 History or Sociology ..... 3 Foreign Language .4 'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4 Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$ ....... .JUNIOR Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 or 4 2 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. .2 Foreign Language .3 Psychology .Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4 Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ............... Cr. 2 3 3 - 3 6 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Religion ................... Education 71. 72 .......... .3 Education 73. 74 -1 Speech .................... Electives in Major or Minor ................ 10 ........ - Cr. 3 3 1 I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Education 76 .............. Education 78 .............. 3 Special Methods ......... .4 Education 97 ............. .4-5 Literature or Philosophy . . 3 Electives in Major or Minor ..................... 7 -- - Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits: foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental appreval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 2 2 3 Freshman English ......... .3 Western Civilization .3 3 Modern Foreign Language 4 4 Physical Science ....... .3 or 4 3 or 4 (Selected from Physics 3, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, 6. 32) Physical Activities ........ Yi 'h ...... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Literature .................. 3 Child Psychology .......... .2 Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,.. Methods & Materials of the c&I ~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl r~ culum (Music, Science & Health. Art, Mathematics. Physical Education) ... .3 Observation of Teaching . .I Electives .6 - .................. 2 SOPHOMORE ISm. Cr. Sem. Cr. - 3 2 Religion ................... .2 General Biology ...........9 Speech ..................... General Psychology ....... . 3 Geography ................. U. S. History .............. .3 Modem Foreign Language ..3 Health .................... . 2 .- SENIOR ' a 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Religion ................... Observation of Teaching . I Teaching of Reading ...... .3 Seminar in Teaching ....... Directed Teachine ......... Children's ite era cure .......3 Methods & Materials of the Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies & Language Arts) ......... . 3 Government ............... . 3 Electives ....................2 Cr. . - VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. 88 / Curriculums FRESHMAN .. .............. 2 I Sem Cr Religion 1. 2 Physical Education ........ J'2 English ..................... 3 Sociology ................... 3 Biology 1-2. or 4 or 13-14' I1 Sem. Cr 2 . Yz 3 . Religion 3 4 ............... Psychology Foreign Language Physics ..................... Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or I Sem . I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 4 4 3 . .................. .......... 5. 32 ..................... 4 .................. 0 4 ........ ........................- Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development .......... Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3 Art in Daily Living 3 Nutrition Clothing Selection ......... 3 Clothing Construction JUNIOR SOPHOMORE . I Sem Cr . Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3 Speech S Economics ............. , Color and Design .......... - 3 Home Planning & Furnishing ........................ Family Health ............. 2 Textiles ..................... Z Educational Psychology ....3 Teaching i n Sec. Schools . Group Activity ............ .I .... IISem . Cr . 2 3 2 - - 3 -- .- - 3 1 SENIOR .. .................... 2 I Sem Cr Religion Literature Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2 Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9 Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2 Home Management Lab .....2 Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2 .. I1 Sem Cr 2 3 4 2 3 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements . CHEMISTRY The following couise of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry . Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences and the second year of a foreign language . FRESHMAN .. . I Sem. II Sem Cr Cr . Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5 Religion 1. 2 ................ 2 English 1. 2 ................ 3 History or Sociology 3 Physical Education 3 4 .... % ......... 4 5 . 2 3 3 I/, JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Ct. Cr 4 Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4 . ............... Chemistry 82 Chemistry 84 ................ Chemistry 93 11 German 1-2 ................ 4 Mathematics 61 .a Physics ...................... Religion ..................... Fine Arts .................. 3 .............. ........... . SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem . Cr . Cr ............ 4 4 5 4 2 2 4 ..- SENIOR . ........5 Chemistry 53. 54 Mathematics 51. 52 Physics 5. 6 ................ Religion 3. 4 .............. Speech ..................... Literature or Philosophy 2 3 . I Sem. I1 Sem . . Pr Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3 ~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1 Chemistry 90 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m . Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O ................... 2 Religion French 1-2 ................. 4 Physics ..................... 4 ................ . .. Cr 1 3 4 Arr . 0 2 4 . *Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng special training in dietetics . Curriculums / 89 BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Freshman English .......... 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 History or Sociology .3 Introduction to Business .. 3 Physical Education ........ % Natural Science ........... .- 2 3 Religion Foreign Principles of Economics ....3 Principles of Accounting . 3 Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3 Speech ................... - 2 Sent. Cr. 2 3 . ...... JUNIOR ISem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Psychology ................. 3 Business Law ............ . 3 Public Finance or Money and Banking ........... . 3 Corporation Finance or Marketing ................... 3 Electives .........,......... 7 7 - - - I Sem. Cr. .................... 2 Language ........ . 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3 Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3 Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3 Industrial Management or Labor-Management Rela3 tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. .... 3 Electives ................10 or 11 7 - - Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History, Speech, English, College Algebra. LAW Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is required, but the student should select a broad program including courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below: FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Foreign Language ........ .4 4 History 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Natural Science ........... .4 4 Physical Education 3, 4 ....H % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr, Cr. Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2 2 English Literature .J 3 Foreign Language .B 3 Health ..................... . 2 Logic ..................... . 3 Social Science ............ .3 3 Natural Science ........... . 4 4 ........ ........ SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community 90 / Curriculums organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools oE social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all such students. FRESHMAN Religion English Hktory Foreign .............. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .2 .3 .3 Language .4 1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3 Sociel R o b I m s Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h 1, 2 1, 2 1. 2 .............. ............... ........ ......... JUNIOR 2 3 3 4 - 3 lh I S m . IISem. Gr. Religion ................... . 3 Principles of Economics .3 Fields of Social Work ..... . 3 Criminology ............... . 3 Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech Electives ................ - 6 . Cr. -3 -3 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2 American Government .3 Natural Science ........... . 3 Psychology .................3 Statistics .................... Rural Sociology ........... 3 Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3 ... - SENIOR 2 3 3 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Introduction to Methods o f Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3 Abnormal Psychology ...... History of Philosophy ... . 3 Electives in Upper Division Courses ..................10 - 3 3 3 3 4 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN J S m . LISm. CT. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2 English 1, 2 ................3 Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 .... History or Sociology ..... .3 Foreign Language ........ .4 Physical Education 3, 4 '6 + .... 2 3 4 3 4 'h JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .2 2 Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4 0-4 Biology 13-14 ............ .4 4 Fine Arts ..................3 Foreign Language .3 3 Electives .................. .3 ............. ......... SENIOR I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Bacteriology Literature or Philosophy .. . 3 Chemistry 61 .............. 4 S ~ e e c h ..................... Social Science ............ . 3 Electives .................... 4 - 3 4 2 3 5 Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........ 32 Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have or more years of c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing. Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend. ut least one year of college. En many instances two FRESHMAN I Sem. II,Sem, Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Z Freshman English .3 General Zoology ......... .4 Health .................... .1 Sociology ................. . 3 Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5 Electives ................... .2 2 3 ........ 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Relieion ................... Cr. .2 or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3 ................ Psychology -3 C h ~ l d Care ,............... Gcneral Chand Qualitative Analpsf< .4 Phi,s~ral ducati in; .2 Fjrst Aid .................. . - Cr. 2 3 2 ... E!ectircs ....... - ................... .Z Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School 01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota. FIRST Y E A R I Sem. Biology 3 .......................... Biology 7 ......................... Chemistry 3 ........................ Psychology 7 ....................... CT. 4 ., 3 3 2 SECOND YEAR I Sem. CT. Sociology 5 ......................... 2 Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to these hospitals. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering, and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. V . L FRESHMAN I Sem II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............... .2 2 English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3 3 Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5 5 Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S 3 Physics 5, 6 4 Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5 ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 Mathematics 51, 52 .5 Physics 52 ................. Physics 53 -3 Chemistry 15, IS ......... Social Science ... , .........3 ....... - ................. 2 5 3 .+ Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. C r. --. .2 Religion ................. English 1, 2 .............. .a Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4 Mathematics 13, 14 .5 Electives .................. .3 ....... SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion ................... Zoology Chemistry 52, 81 Physics 5, 6 ............... Electives .2 .................... ............ 44 Cr. 2 4 .4 .................. .a MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 .2 Religion 1, 2 3 English 1. 2 ............... . 3 #emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4 Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5 Physical Education 3, 4 ....% History or Social Science . . 3 ............ JUNIOR SOPHOMORE C*. - Cr. 2 4 ......... SENIOR I S e n . II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 3 Social Science or Historv . . 3 German ....................3 Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4 Physics 5, 6 ...............4 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 r Sem. rr Scm. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 German ....................Q Biology 13, 14 ............ .4 Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54 .4 Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2 I s m . 11 Sem. cr. Religion ................... . 3 Social Science ............. Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4 Electives .................. - 9 - Cr. Curriculums / 93 SECRETARIAL WORK The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. ?I student ~ h has o had simila~cowses in high school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ . FIRST YXAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ................... .3 Freshman Enalish ........ 3 3 Elementary ~fpewriting . . I Intermediate Typewriting ..2 Introduction to Business . . 3 Office Machines ........... *2 Elementary Shorthand ... - 3 3 Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4 I42 Electives ................... 5 5 SECOND YEAR I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ...................-2 2 Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting -2 2 Advanced Shorthand ..... .2 3 Principles of Accounting ...3 3 Secretarial Practice ........ Psychology ................ .3 5 Electives .................... 5 ... - Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world. Augsburg Theological Seminary INTRODUCTORY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the Holy Spirit. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following : P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p . 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. years P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year Germs, or Latin, or Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5 SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES IN ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as many as possible of the folIowing: English Speech Psycholog ..History -.-....LL-----.L---. Youth Work Natural Science -. Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education .. Typewriting 1 . - .-1 - 2 years 1 year year 2 years 1 semester 1 year 1 year year When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew be taken in the senior year of college. All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING S ~ E N TARE S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Aupburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES SEMINARY STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is papabk a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. 96 / Augshrg Theological Seminary EMPLOYMENT THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEMINARY INTERNSHIP IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary / 97 The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: 1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. 5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis. Courses of Study' THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE Junior Year I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical origin of the Biblical writings. z Cr. OLD TESTAMENT A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, 9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS. with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old Testament. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the 3 Cr. historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual freedom. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE. Place of the Psalms in the worship I . of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.) 3 Cr. "With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99 16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr. 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS. A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the 2, z Cr. Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) I Cr. NEW TESTAMENT 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. 22. INTRODUCTION m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.) 23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.) 24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.) zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes 3 Cr. which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.) 26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 3 Cr. 1960-61.) 1-12. roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary 01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to 27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 28. INTERPRETATIONS OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. 2 Cr. (Offered 1961-62.) CHURCH HlSTORY MR. SONNACK 40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins 2 Cr. with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.) 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr. Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.) This course covers the period 43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.) AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr, is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.) 44. 45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr. CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY MR. OLSON OF THEOLOGY. An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLES methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the 2 Cr. Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.) A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.) AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 2 Cr. 1961-62.) CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications ~ 4 55. , of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr. A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given 56. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study SYMBOLICS 57. COMPARATIVE of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings 2 Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.) 58. THE THEOLOGICAL ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT REFORMATION. The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 102 / A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U basis for the Christian ministry, the call and of Ehe pastor, hia public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) 2 0. 61. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.A course dealing with the dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) I Cr. 62. CLINICALPASTORAL TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) 63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given 2 Cr. to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.) 6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation 2 Cr. and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers 2 Cr. are studied. Seniors. C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103 CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION. A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.) I Cr. 71. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation I Cr. to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.) HYMNOLOGY. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.) I Cr. 74. D. Christian Education and Sociology Studies in the application of basic 76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION. principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. THE CHURCH A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled. z Cr. 77. Emphasis upon preparation and practice in delivery of sermons is included in the homilectics course for Seminary Middlers. Personnel THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Oficers of the Board THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President . MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary . MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Term Expires in 1960 MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Term Expires in 1961 The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church Austin, Minnesota MR. L. S. HARBO, Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota Term Expires in 1962 MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota Insurance Term Expires in 1963 The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota MR. HERBERT Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company Term Expires in 1964 The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota Personnel / r 05 MR. JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company ddvisory Mern bers The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . PAUL G. SONNACK. . , . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty MELVIN A. HELLAND .........- .Secretary of the Theological Faculty Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60 AGNESB. TANG JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian . CARL R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing FRIEDELVINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer S. V . HJELMELAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias; Manager of Musical Organizations IRVING HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian MARCELLUSJOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs. Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs. Ruth Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn Petersen and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub; Printing and Mailing-Valborg Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson. Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and Mrs. James Glasoe. Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C. Engen. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960 Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen. Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick. Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins. Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci, Holum. Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel. Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg. Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng. Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn. Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members also included in this committee.) Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.) R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre. Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson. Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959. IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945. PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and Religion; College Chaplain A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957. PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion (on leave). A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60. For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty listing. Io8 / Personnel DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M., Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. LAWRENCE M. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At . A u g k g since '955. AUGSBURG COLLEGE COURTLAND L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. L n a MAE ANDEREGG, M.A., Instructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. ALBERTB. ANDERSON, A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956. At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60). ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basbtball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Personnel / 109 A.B., Dean of Students PETERH. ARMACOST, A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, ~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary, Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1954. LRL H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954. Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. GRACIACHRISTENSEN, A.M., instructor in English A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College, Study: University of Chicago. I 93 1. Additional Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin MARIOCOLACCI, Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49. At Augsburg since 1952. AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. I Io / Personnel IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19; Iowa State Teachers College, 1919-21; Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30; University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5. JACK FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1948. A t Augsburg since 1955. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3. DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954. ORLOUEGISSELQUIST, A.M., Instr~~cbor in,History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. W~LMM H. HALVERSON, Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959. ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss Administration A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I. Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5 2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assistant A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since Professor of Psychology 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, 1953. Personnel / III THEODORE J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching: Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar Augsburg since 1976. MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music, I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g . MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business Administrotion A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona! Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry JOHN R. HOLUM, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. I I2 / Personnel EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8. KARLLN, ROBERT B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955. MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges AB., Voss S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I3 CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota. Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957. BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957. GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg Teaching: High Morris, 1945-47; 49. A t Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950. ERWIND. MICKELBERG, A.B., Instructor in Anatomy A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6. F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching: Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At Augsburg since I 9 59. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. I I4 / Personnel CATHERINE NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching: Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957. NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t Augsburg since I 95 8. IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948 KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5. HOWARD E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 6. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946. KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7 Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. Personnel / II5 OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D., ,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50; University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc, I ~ J Z - T ~A . t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 . MARTINQUANBECK, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-. At Augsburg since 1958. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946. A. MAYOSAVOLD, A.B., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since R u m SEGOLSON, M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At Augsburg since I 944. GEORGESOBERG, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. I I6 / Personnel R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957. ROBERTC. STENSTROM, M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8. MERTONP. STROMMEN, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since (Xu H. SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8. Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959. GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I7 VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947. ADELEF. TURRITTIN, B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958. B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion HAROLDTOLLEFSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study: University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg since 1959. HELENULVESTAD, B.A., Instructor in Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English (Deceased, October 29, 1959) A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz. MANIVALD ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (Deceased, November I , 19 5 8) Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58. I I8 / Personnel ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-. OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59. WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957. Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59. DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN, B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59. LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9. JOHN V. HALVORSON, C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59. Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59. WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59. BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59. Personnel / I 19 GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota. Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59. MARYBELLE RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver, 1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59. PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59. DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. SHELDONL. TORGERSON, B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup., Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar, 1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59. A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN, A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46. Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and 1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59. ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t Augsburg 1958-59. Graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958 WITH THE Almquist, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, DEGREE OF BACHELC IR ......... ....... James Arnold .Spicer Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis Eugene M. .Minneapolis Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis. Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson Minneapolis b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b Berge. Gerald P. .Minneapolis Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk, Bergtnm. R o w G. ..WinneupolLs Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph San Francisco, Calif. Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis .Wyoming Bullock, Richard W. Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis .......... ...... ........ ........ Minneapolis Carlson. Roger Alvin .Nopeming Cherne, John Edward Christenson, Erwin William Portefield, Wis. ....... Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis. Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa Dodds, Donald Jack .Minneapolis Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak. Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby ........ Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis OF ARTS Johnson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Johnson, Betty J. ..........Minneapolis C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis Wayne Charles St. Paul ........ Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak. ............Minneapolis ............Minneapolis Lindell, Alice M. Lindell, John L. Lundquist, Elyce Ellen ..........Buffalo Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa Miskowiec, John Jr. .JTinn@apo?is Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ? ...... Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis. Niederloh. Janet M. Chetek, Wis. ....... Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla. Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis. Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis Olson, Richard Carl Minneapolis Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis ........ Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield ~ Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis Gllmme. Hugh Mfnnea?wI% Schulz. Davlci W. .Minneapolis Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul G r t q . Bonita Mad IZemderaan Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y. Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr. Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre Minneauolis Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont. Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine Duluth Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls Thompson, Norman Ephriam Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis Leonard, N. Dak. Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis. Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis Hovland, Anna Jane Mora Welch, Robert M. .Minneapolis West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis .............. ........... ......... ...... ............. ......... . Graduates / 1 2I AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959 W I THE ~ DEGREE OF BACHELOROF ARTS Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me. Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville Andersen. Sara Jane Robbinsdale Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis ...... ..... .Lamberton Batalden, Charlotte D. Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis. Wanmka Berg, John Allen Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale .Lakefield Berkness, Vernon Orville Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth Northpod, N.Y. Lamberton Burreson, Dennis Basil Byhre, Mary H. .Minneapolis ............ .... ...... ............. Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis Christensen, Paul James "Stewart Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis. . ..... Doren, Mary Mathilda ..........St. Eldridge, Patricia Darlene Fall, Ronald David Fering, Charles A. Paul ........Shafer .............. Ivanhoe Lambe~ton ........... Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton Grahn, Dale E. .Minneapolis Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis Grant, Gaylord 0. ..Minneapolis .Minneapolis Green, Richard Reginald Grill. Keith E. .Caruthers. Calif. Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis. Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis ........... ........ .. ....... Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis Hawks, Franklin D. Willmar Heggem. Kenneth Clark .Minneapolis Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis Hemingway, G. Jerome .Minneapolis Hill, Rodney Elmer Cokato .Spring Vallql, Wis. Hojem, Ruth E. Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis .Minneapolis Home, Harry James Hulbert, Elsbeth M. New York, N.Y. ... ............ ... ... ............ ....... .... Jacobson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich. Corrine Joann ......Northf eld Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis .Savage William Douglas ..... Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash. Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis. Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm ....... Kambak, Harold M. .Minneapolis Kim, Ock Hyung . - .......... Seoul. Korea Kopka. Heinrich Pine River Kopp, Wilbur E. .Minneapolis Kvamme, Ardella E. .Minneapolis ............. ......... ..... Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A. Minneapolis Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale Lyngdal, John Walter .Duluth ........... Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis Martinsen. John Phillip Menominie, Mich. Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis Matheson, Donald W. .Minneapolis Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis Moen. Thomas Harold .Minneapolis Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa ...... .... Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield .... Olsen, Willard L. Watertown, S.D. Olson, Donald C. .Minneapolis Olson, Douglas 0. .Minneapolis Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls Overby, Richard N. ............Mound ......... ......... Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis Pearson, Vivian K. Skor .Minneapolis Peterson, Eugene S. .Jackson Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis Pulkrabek, Carol Rose .St. Paul Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis .. .......... ....... Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis Quanbeck, Norman J. Bertha .......... Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight ..Minneapolis .............. Ashby .... ..Minneapolis Ringstad, David J. Romo, Luther Edward Sabo, Martin Olav ........Alkabo, N.D. ..... Sallen, Donald Arthur .Minneapolis Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan .Minneapolis Sletten. Richard Glenn Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis ........Minneapolis Solomon, Morton B. Strand, Theodore Hagen Svanoe, Rennard Gale ....Minneapolis .... .Minneapolis .......... Thorson, Dale B. .Minneapolis Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson ..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis. , Twiton, Mary Ann Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis West, Stuart E. Cla~kjield Willmar Westphal, Carolyn J. .. ............... ........... ..... Zielke, Carolyn Margaret ..Minneapolis AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958 WITH T H E DEGREE OF BACHELOROF THEOLOGY Gusdal, Delmar M. Erickson, Manitoba, Canada Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak. .Madela Nelson, Philip A. ............. Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn. .Hoffman Shiell, Wendell C. Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn. Steinbrecher, Wayne G. .Long Siding ........... ... AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959 Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn. Evavold, Charles A. .Battle Lake Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England Nevin, LeRoy E. .Cumberland, Wk. ....... ..... Anderson Kenneth L. Anderson, Norman E. Hagestuen, Richard M. Swenson, Jasper .......Owatonna .......Lamberton ....... . S b b u c k .............Rendricks Enrollment Summary STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959 College Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . _ Junior .................. Sophomore ............ Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . . Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) ......... Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) .... TV Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total First Semester Men Women Total 83 107 117 191 32 30 45 68 167 11 37 32 113 152 185 358 43 37 32 46 99 14 12 46 2 1 - . . . . . . . . . . ., 533 99 12 11 Second Semester Men Women Total 78 109 113 175 32 29 46 64 153 14 107 155 177 328 46 A 558 TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959 Claw Men 85 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students- (only) .......... 2 N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 . Women Total 31 48 73 168 18 37 32 46 99 13 11 116 167 195 379 60 37 32 46 . 99 15 12 576 THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959 Semester I Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................. .6 7 9 1 Semester II Men 6 7 9 Total Men 6 7 9 - . 1 . 23 22 n TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Total - ............................. Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - Total 23 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . 1175 2 . STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Class Men Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . 2 36 44 89 171 13 42 29 45 95 21 127 144 203 436 50 42 29 45 95 29 - 615 585 1200 . . Total , ............ Second Semester Total Men Women 36 122 86 43 145 102 85 199 114 164 412 248 13 52 39 First Semester Women Total . TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961) Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . . Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . Women 36 44 90 176 18 42 29 45 95 26 . 601 Enrollment Summary / I2 5 THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960 Semester I Men 7 Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - Total .................... Semester II Men 7 7 11 1 Total Men 7 8 11 2 . . 26 28 28 TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 . - Total .......................... , ........ 1266 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 0 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 28 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . 1294 3 . SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Seminary Total ..................................... 679 College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320 Graduates-1870-1957 Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Total ................................... 2538 3217 Index Page Academic Administration .......... " 3 5 Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7 Page Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Education. elementary .......... .65. 87 .......................6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 !.3 Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95 Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9 Alumni Association. The ............. 11 Archives. The ...................... 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71 Athletics .......................... 32 Attendance. Chapel ................ 23 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95 Audio-visual Education ............. 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86 Electives .......................... 41 Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?, 96 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91 Accreditation Administration Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89 Business Administration and Economics .69 Calendar Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39 Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95 Faculty. The ............... Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . Financial Information . . . . . . . . Finonciol Support and Control Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Education Requirements . . . . . .40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100 ............ Classification of Students 37 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06 Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96 Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41. Curriculums 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline 49 ..................... -37 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88 Degrees ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Cancellation Credits English. Department of Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35 ........ 97 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28 Distinction. Degree with ............. 41 ............. 43 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53 Divisional Organization General Information Geography Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Grants-in-aid Greek, New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Health and Physicol Education ....... 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86 Health Service Historical Sketch ................... 7 .............. 6 0 History. Department of Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41 Homiletics Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Housing .......................... 26 Humanities. Division of the ..........48 Index / Page Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Journalism Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . . 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 . Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Latin Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 I 27 Page 19 ............ ........................ Prizes. Scholarships and Probation Psychology 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 ....................... 3 0 ........................... 8 ........................... 26 Publications Purposes Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28, ........................... Recreation Refunds Registration Registration, 32 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36 Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7 Religion ond Philosophy, Division of . . .44 Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23 Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6 Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0 Scandinavian Language and Literature 54 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 92 . . . . . . . .93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Secretarial Work Curriculum Membership in Educational Associations 6 Seminary, Ministry, Preparation for the . . . . . .84, 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85 Seminary, Courses of Study Minors Seminary, Expenses Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54 Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97 Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Music, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58 Admission . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24 Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60 Social Work Curriculum Sociology, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .89 . . . . . . . . . . .63 Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9 Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Schools of . . . . 15 Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28 Norwegian, Courses in Numbering of Courses Nursing. Affiliation with Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . .31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 98 Organizations, Student Orientation ........ 91 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Services. Student Philosophy. Department of Physical Education ..... ...... ............ Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . Placement Service far Graduates . ............ ................ Plant. The Physical Political Science Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 15 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . .25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2 Svstematic Theolwv .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Symbols Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94 Teaching Curriculums Testing Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95 Transfer and Advanced Standing Trustees. B w r d of Tuition and Fees . .36. 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17 University Courses ................. 37 Upper Division Requirements -41 ........ AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM PICTURED AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is estimated at $8,000,000. Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium, student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development during this same period include additional research and instructional equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship funds. The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics, chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events. The development program states as its purpose "to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring the college to the fulfillment of its destiny." Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations, parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These volunteers work with and through a Development Council. Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan, memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable tax benefits to the donors. The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg. Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development, Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less
Augsburg College Catalog, 1956-1958
Title
Augsburg College Catalog, 1956-1958
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March 21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. LMLLNUAK 1957 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F MAY JANUARY S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 99 30 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 - OCTOBER FEBRUARY 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415 2021 2223242526 161718192021 92 93 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15161718192021 22232425262728 29 30 MARCH NOVEMBER 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29 JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6789101112 13141516171819 20912223242526 27 28 29 30 31 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4 15161718192021 29 23 24 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL AUOUST 1 9 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13141516171819 I011 1P13141516 20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23 27 28 29 30 g 2526Q7282930 M T W T F MAY JANUARY SEPTEMBER S S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 14151617181920 11 121314151617 91222324252627 18192021222324 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415 16 17181920212223 $: 25 26 27 28 29 30 FEBRUARY JUNE OCTOBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213 12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 98 29 30 96 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER MARCH JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll 9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18 161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425 96 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31 :: DECEMBER APRIL AUGUST I 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 3 4 1 7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 , 1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5 21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22 9 8 29 30 31 2627282930 g i g 9596372%29 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 4 Academic Calendar - General Information 5 ---- Financial Information 14 Student Community Life The College - - Academic Administration - 21 34 --34 - 42 Curriculums - Courses of Study 53 Division of Religion and Philosophy 55 Division of the Humanities ....-. 59 -- Division of the Social Sciences Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics General Requirements 96 -.--. Courses of Study . 96 1 0 0 ----- Board of Trustees Administration 86 ...........-...----- -- The Theological Seminary 107 - ,.--lo8 -109 Committees of the Faculty The Faculty -- Graduates Student Enrollment Index 72 1 D -m - 1 0 - -120 1 2 3 .--.I26 , CALENDAR 1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60 FIRST SEh4ESTER Sept. 11-16 Freshman Days Sept. 10-15 Sept. 11, 16 Registration Sept. 14, 15 Sept. 17 College classes begin Sept. 16 Sept. 17 Seminary convenes Sept. 16 s p t . 17 Late registration fee Sept. 16 Oct. 24-26 Homecoming Oct. 23-21 Nov. End of first half of semester Nov. Nov. 27, 28 Thanksgiving recess Nov. 26, 27 Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m. Christmas ,recess begins Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m. Jan. j, 8:00 a.m. Classes resume Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m. Jan. 19-23 College examinations Jan. 20-26 Jan. 20-23 Seminamry examinations Jan. 21-26 Jan. 23 First Semester ends Jan. 26 Jan. 16-29 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 18-Feb. 12 I2 I SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m. Feb. 2 Late registration fee Feb. 3 Feb. 12 Lincoln's Birthday Washington's Birthday April 3 End of first half af semester Feb. 22 April I Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins April 13, 4:zo p.m. March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends April 19, 8:00 a.m. May Seminary Commencement May 27 May 25-29 Collage Examinations May 27-June 3 May 30 Memorid Day May 30 May 31 Bac,cala.ureate Service June 5 June College Commencement June 6 22 I GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main I~usir~ess section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their ~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion : i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial. social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums. a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent vi~iit~rb. College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The teacher education program in home economics has been approved for the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments in this field. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SE~ARY HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was. graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota Private Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities have been closely coordinated with the development program of the college. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Librarv building. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the resident 'head and her assistants. Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each accommodating about 20 students. The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha? been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY THE ARCHIVES Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided. Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00 Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other . 9.00 student projects) Health fee 6.00 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) ..... Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) 1.00 Mail box fee .. . .50 . Total .$272.50 Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Room Board (estimate) 1 Subject to change. ..-$68.00 to 85.00 - 180.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students $125.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ...................... Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . .... Registration with the Placement Bureau Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement .... $3.00 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one ....... scheduled -.... .......... ....... Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............ Comprehensive examination -. . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) .................... MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano $35.00 Voice 35.00 .40.00 Organ 40.00 Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson . .. 3.00 .......... 14.00 Brass or Wood wind (class instruction) . 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Qrgan rental (one hour per day) 4.00 Voice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00 Concert Band 5.00 COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1 4.00 Art 1. 2 2.00 Art7, 8 .3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 75 . 5.00 Home Economics 39, 40 Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00 2.50 Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........ . . 5.00 Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 . 1 Subiect ta change AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 1 Chemistry, 3N, 4 Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92 Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54 Education 97 A 5.00 7.50 5.00 .. 2.50 1.50 15.00 .. . , Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but not breakage. ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses .......................................................................$272.50 Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00 Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50 Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00 Off-campus students -General expenses . Special, music, course fees, and books --A Total, approximately - $ 2 7 2 . 5 0 27.50 to 75.50 300.00 to 348.00 These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or diploma until all college bills have been paid. 1 Subiea to change. REFUNDS Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar- ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or rrledical study. 20 AUGSBURG COLLEGE^ AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student must make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this ' council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at Augsburg. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE 'C MUSICAND THE FINEARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. - - Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. - - In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. All students not living at home must live in college operated or college approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room. Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single students are not permitted to live in apartments. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available to men students. Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health service. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application and submit the deposit by May 15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is received by September 1. City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room become available. PLACEMENT GRADUATE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. EMPLOYMENT STUDENT An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the office of Student Personnel. COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be guided by these general standards of conduct. Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home. Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject to severe disciplinary action. Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued for a given year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association. The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign, Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action Week. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister program. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. PUBLICATIONS The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the class earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography. The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook a r ~ dDirectory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. r AUGSBLJRG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT CLUBS The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is based upon scholarship, character and professional potential. The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest throughout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECHOIR The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Imstrumental Ensembles. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECANTORIANS This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE 'A" CLUB Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college. recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the -basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. - - The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring semester by January 15. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difficulty in doing college work. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, 1 honor .point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements 1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses: Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29, or any literature course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Langzmge 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. 6 credits Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 63 for P. E. 2. Orientation is required of all Freshmen. Major and Minors A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. English Proficiency In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate 2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degkea in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point n& Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Sophomore Freshman . Basic Bible Orientation . . Freshman English . Foreign Language .. Healcth . European Civilization Physical Education . Electives 4 I 6 8 z 6 I 4 Junior New Testament Greek Speech . . . History . Sociology or Economics or Political Science or Education . Electives . .. Natural Science Psychology Foreign Langua,ge . Typewriting . New Testament Greek Electives . 8 4 6 I 8 6 Senior 6 6 6 6 8 32 .... . Religion Youth Work in the Church Philosophy . .... .... English Li,terature .. Electives . . . . . . z 2 6 6 16 32 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Sociology ..... . 3 Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Orientation ................. I Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . Types of Public Speech . Foreign Language . . . . General Psychology . . Health . . . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . Electives .......... 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . 2 The Christian Churches . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3 OgY - Actiltg , , , , . . . 3 Story Telling . . , . . . .I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . I Electives . . . 10 Senior Parish Work ............ z Youth Work in the Church . . z Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church z Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts , , ........ 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . Teaching in High School . , Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Major or Minor . . . Senior ............... 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Sophomore VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home . economics and journalism, and home manomics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Orientation . . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2 - 3 4 or 33 Junior Religion . . . . . . . , . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Religion .................... 4 Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marriage and Family Relations . . 3 Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4 Chemistry 5-6* or Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . z Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4 Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education . 3 Home Management Problems . . . . . 2 Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2 Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. *Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles research. BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Sophomore Freshman Religion Freshman English Foreign Language Principles of Accounting Introduction to Business Orientation Henlrh Physical Education Elective Junior . Religion United States History . .. Business Law Public Finance or Money and . . . . Banking Taxation or Cost Accounting Electives Religion Psychology . . , Speech . . .... Principles of Economics Introduction t o Statisti,cs Natural Science . . Electives . . 3 3 13 Senior Religion . . . 4 Business Finance or Marketing . . 3 Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3 Management Relations . . . Seminar in Business Administration . 3 Fine Arts , . . 3 Electives . . . 16 32 32 4 6 3 - - LAW The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan to study law. Freshman Religion . . . Freshman English Principles of Accounting . . Sociology . European Civilization . . Orientation General Psychology Pihysical Aotivities Sophomore Reli,gion Christian Ethi,cs . Principles of Economics American Government . Logic . . . ... . Introduction to Philosophy History or Literature .. Natural Science . . SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . ........... Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Statistics Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives 3 Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban Sociology ............... 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 6 3 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Introduction to Methods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16 32 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman ................ 4 Religion Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Zoology .............. Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .8 4 3 8 2 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 - Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2 - Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. DI ACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Freshman , ~ , Religion . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . .6 General Zoology . . . . . . 8 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elements of Nutrition . - 3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - , ~ Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . . . . . 6 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ................7 - 33 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Anatomy and Bacteriology Chemistry . Psychobgy . Second Year Physiology . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . ., . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . , . . . . . . . . . .2 I2 Sociology . . - . . . . . . 2 2 Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to Swedish Hospital. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear . . . . . . . . 4 Physics . . . Electricity and Magnetism .. 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6 - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . .lo Orientation .............. I Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . , .. I Sophomore Religion .......- European Civilization . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . ... General Physics . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . - 4History or Philosophy , , , , 6 Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0r.ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 35 33 - Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 German . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Quantitative Analytical C,hemisrrg j General Ph,ysics . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 34 - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4 Sociolagy . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts . . . . , . . .- . . , . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . - . - 4 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1 4 32 SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . . I Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . 2 Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . 6 Orientation . . . . . . - . . . . . - . - . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Typewriting Advanced Shorthand . Psychology . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . Offi,ce Machines . . . Consumer Education . Electives . . . - , . . . . . COURSES OF STUDY COURSES OFFERED Descriptions of the courses offered in 1958-60 are given on' the following pages. Unforeseen circun~stances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 1 8 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. DIVISIONAL ORGANIUTION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art DIVISIONOF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY MR. STENSVAAG, Chairman the individual is apprised of Through the study of religion and the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to Christ as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. I, 2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of ;brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the emire New Testament. CHURCHHISTORY.I. 2 Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. z Cr. 4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.II. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival .faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. 5. THEMISSIONARY ENTERPRISE. I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 1959-1960.) 7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION. I z cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. 8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH.11. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. g. CHRISTIAN ETHICS.I. z Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and presemation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. lo. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. See Course l o under the Department of M&c. 2 cr. 23. GROUPACTMTY. See Course 53 under Education. I Cr. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. COMPARATIVE RELIGION.I, 11. 2, z Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-~hristian religions of the world. 5 3. THECHRISTIAN CHURCHES.I. z Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal position, and practices of the vafious branches of the Christian Church. 54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.TI. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 2 Cr. 56. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.11. A study of ~rinciples,methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 57. QROBLEMS IN CHRISTIANL.IVING. II. 2 Cr. A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 5 8. PARISHWORK.I1 s Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. I. Sr. 2 G. 59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 60. THE MESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. Sr. 2 cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to create an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 5 , 26, 41,42, 58 are required for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor. 35. 'LFrmo~ucm TO ~ I L O S SO. ~ I. . 3 Cr. By means of reading selected scarce materiaf, supplemented bp cIassroom lecture and discussion, zhe srudmc is acquiinted with rhe terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected phitowphkal problems are rreated, including the of ethics, mer*ph~sics, and theory of knowledge. 26. LOGIC.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics considered include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, n. 3. 3 Cr. !in historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. U,pper Division Courses 2. $2 n. RELIGION.I, under Department of Religion. COMPARATIVE See course 5 I, 2, 2 Cr. j 5. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 fie An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.) n. 56. KIERKFGAARD. Prereq. 41 or 42. 3 Cr. A study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and theology. (Offered 1958-59.) cr. 5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11. 3 A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11. The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. 61. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philowphy and psychology. (Offered 1959-60.) Jr., Sr. 11. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT. See course 74 under Political Science. 3 Cr. I , I Cr. 81, 82. SEMINARIN PHILOSOPHY. Jr., Sr. I, 11. An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. (OfEered 1918-59.) DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES MR. THORSON, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. Department of Ancient and Classical Languages The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real insight into our classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard ,prerequisite for adrnission to most theological seminaries. N e w Testament Greek Minor, I 6 credits. I-Z? ELEMENTS OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 8 Cr. 111 adldition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of ,the Greek text of Ithe New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. 5 r, 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 3 , 3 Cr. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax ai the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS. I, 11. I , I Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Latin 8 Cr. I-2.t BEGINNING LATIN. Fr. I, II. Grammar, easy prose, composition. 3, 4. GSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. SO. I, n. 3, 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Gallic War and Sr. Augusthe's Confessims. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.) Hebrew E3-E4.1 HEBREW FOR BEGINNERS.I, n. 6 Cr. See Course 9-10 under Theological Sminary. S f , 86. HEBREW EXEGESIS. I, 11. See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary. 2,2 cr. Department of English The Department of English aims to train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English. Major: 27 credits pbove Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52, 61, 62, 74, and one of the ,following: 59, 81, 83, or 85. Minor: zo credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, and 62. Teaching major: 27 credits a'bove Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library scien.ce, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan to do gaduate work in English should include courses 76, 78, and 92. $Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Loth semesters. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. I, 11. o Cr. A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. I-2.f FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are 'placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 21. MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recommended for non-English majors. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING.Prereq. 2 . I. r Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 26. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 31. F O U N D A ~ OOF N SLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical tradition in modern British and American literature. MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11. English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to non-English works. 3 2. Upper Division Courses 50. CORRECTIVE WRITING.hereq. 2. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 2, 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 I, 5 2. 5 7. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.1. See course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. z Cr. icontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. L AUGSBURG COLLEGE rn DRAMA. 11. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. z Cr. 57. THEBRITISH NOVEL. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered I 9 59-60.) POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. 59. CONTEMPORARY Analysis of: the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 19y 8-59.) z Cr. BRITISH LITER~TURE OF THE SEVENTEEN^ AND EIGHTEENTHCENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 3 I . I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. Prereq. 3 I . 11. 3 Cr. Gr. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. TO MODERN ENGLISH.Prereq. z. I. z Cr. 71. INTRODUCTION The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. t Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM.Prereq. 2 . 11. A study of basic :texts, winh emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.) 74. SHAKESPEARE. F r e q . 3 2 . 11. 3 Cr. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the historical background. 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61. H. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Otfered 1959-60.) 78. CHAUCER.Prereq. 3 2 . 11. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Cmterbu~yTales. (Offered 1958-59.) z Cr. 8 I. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 3 I . 11. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1958-59.) 8 3 . MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 3 I. I. 2 Cr. The irmpo~tantli,terary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and nota'ble productions. (Offered 1959-60.) AMERICAN LITERATURE. Prereq. 5 I, 5 2 . 11. 85. CONTEMPORARY Major writers since World War I. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMWAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in English. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. 93. 2 Cr. Journalism I. FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, with emphasis on reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.I1 2 Cr. The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1959-60.) 5 . Echo STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11. I, I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augsburg Echo stag and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open to members of Course I. Hour arranged. A, Augsburgian STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11. I , I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the schduled weekly stag meetings. 5, 7 . Department of Speech This department aims to foster in students those speech skills whidh contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of h e literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student teach speech in the secondary schmls and to take graduate work in speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. ta All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech is designed especially for this requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech I I , including courses Also required is Phil. 26. English is recornmenKed as a minor. Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students courses 66 and 76, and st least one course f r m each of ~ h following e groups: 12,5 1 ; 31, 32; 61, 62. II Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fcight should contzct the head of rhe department for individual attention. i I. BEGINNING SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speaking. I z. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I . Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking activities. I 5. STORYTELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and practice in story telling. (Offered I 9 5 8- J 9.) 21-2z.t INTERCOI-LEGIATE DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 2 Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. ZJ, 26. PUBLICSPEAKING SEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11. I, I Cr. Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests. Arranged. TO DRAMATIC ARTS.Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. zg. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered I 9 J 8- 5 9.) 3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.SO. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, .poetry, and drama. (Offered 1959-60.) 32. ACTING.SO. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1958-1959.) 5 j. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. I 2 Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and prodnction 04 radio programs. (Offered 19j9-60.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must conlplete both semesters. 61. ARGUMENTATION A N D DEBATE.Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1959-60.) 62. PERSUASION. Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. Applications of psyahology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 8-59.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAFT. Jr., Sr. 11. A stu'dy of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered 1559-6b.) 3 Cr. 66. STAGEDIRECTION. Prereq. 3 2 . Jr., Sr. 11. Theory and ,practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning anmd conducting rehearsals. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.) 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction ,to principles and methods of speech correction. OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 95. TEACHING See course 95 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Modern Languages This ~ e ~ a r t m e n aims t to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and' a mastery of tshe rules of grammar and rpronunciamtion. It furthermore seeks t o develop an interest in the histony, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special ai,m is to provide language facility and technical training for such a plan to teach, study theology or become candidates for higher academic degrees. German Minor, so credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGG E F ~ A NI, . 11. 8 Cr. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and poetry. fantinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses 5 I, 1Z. GERMANLITERATURE. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Wered 1919-60.) Scandinavian Language and Literature 24 credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. j, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered I 9 18 - 5 9.) I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY.I. 3 Cr. A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1919-60.) r 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered I 9 19-60.) Upper Division Courses 5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma La.gerl@f, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1958-19.) DRAMA.Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. 56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN The course includes dramas 'by Bjgirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 19 18-19.) French Minor, zo credits. I-2.t BEGINNING FRENCH.I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. (Offered 1919-60.) 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. ( m e r e d 195 8-59.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses y I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nimeteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, honet tic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. (Otfered only as an honors course for selected students.) 52. Spanish Minor, 20 credits. I-2.i BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11. 8 Cr. Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1959-60.) 52. SPANISHCONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation 2nd composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual aids, in'tegrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered 1959-60.) TEACHING OF MODERN LANGUAGES. Sr. I. See course 73 under Education. 73. z Cr. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Music The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is aflorded students who are interested in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon (the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Graduation Major, 36 credits, including courses I , 2, 7, 8, I 5-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. Teaching Major, 3 2 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 7, 2 credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. 8, 15-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64'; Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior year, is required of all music majors. Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. I 5-16, 78; 4 credits from 10, 15-56,57, 58, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in private lesms in either vocal or instnunend music. Teaching Minor, 22 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 15-16,55, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;and 4 credits in applied music. Two credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir or the Concefit Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Women's Chorus or Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two com(p1ete semesters within an academic year. One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voi'ce, #piano,organ, brass, or woodwinds. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 3 , 2. THEORY, I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A 'basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the prinoiples of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms: aural skills: sight reading, dictation, and part singing. Should be taken ,concurrently with I 5-1 6 whenever possible. . *A student wirh a major for teaching should 'be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes 'bo& technique courses, his work in applied music, excepting the required credits in piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for I n s t m e n t a ~ lTechnique. AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC.I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. ;, 8. HISTORY ,4n historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest musi,c. Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before regisrering &or 8, or have consent of instructor. 10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. 2 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and pre-~heologicalstudents. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of a course in religion. 15-16.? HARMONY.I, II. 4 Cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing. Upper Division Courses HARMONY. Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. 5 5, 56. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course 15-16,with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced ,chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Prereq. z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. 57, 58. CONDUCTING. Jr. I, 11. 2, r Cr. course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music education are advised to take the course in their junior year. 61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. I, II. Sr. 4 Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher an,d director for work in band and orchestra. 65-64.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. 2. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teascher and director for work in vocal music. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. I. Sr. 2 Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. - f(=ontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 78. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. 2, $5, and 7 7 or consent of instructor. TI. Sr. 2 Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 88. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Jr. TI. See course 888 under Education. t Cr. OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 89. TEACHING See course 89 under Education. 2 Cr. I, z Cr. cr. I %. % c r . %, %, Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for fihe benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to ,participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. I , I Cr. PREPARATORY PIANO.I, 11. Keyboard fundamentals. Major and harmonic minor scales, sight reading, hymns, and simple repertory. I , I Cr. INTERMEDIATE PIANO.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11. Melodic minor scales, chords, and arpeggi. Repertory including Bach-Carrol, Burgmuller Opus 100, and Sonatina album. I , I Cr. ADVANCED PIANO.Prereq. Interm. Piano or equiv. I, 11. Technique as needed, using Cramer, Loeshorn, Bach Two-Part Inven,tions, Sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, etc. Repertory from Classical, Romantic, and Modern Composers. I , I Cr. ELEMENTARY ORGAN.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11. General coordination and technique of playing the organ. Study of the Baoh Eight Little Preludes and Fugues, Dupre's 79 Chorales, and hymn playing. I , I Cr. ADVANCED ORGAN.Prereq. Elem. Organ or equiv. I, II. Technique as needed. Repertory from pre-Bach, Baroque, Romantic, and modern organ composers. I'OICE. I, 11. I , I Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, brea,th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. :Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. % BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, TI. or % or WOOD-WIND INSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I Cr. I Cr. Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows: a) Private instruction+nk per semester. I credit. thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) b) Class instruction-ne thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/Z credit. Opportunities for participation in Brass, String, and Woodwind ensembles are offered each year on a non-credit basis. Art I . 2. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal Iforms. Plaster casting. 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING.I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems in line, form, space, color mixing, and practic,al problems. Upper Division Courses AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 64. HJSTORY !ke course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. tcontinuation course. To receive credir. for this course, a student must complete both semesters. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES It is the general purpose of t h e work in this division m improve rhe student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation 0: rheir imporeance 2nd value, especially in their Chrktian interpretation. T h e work pmceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division i s therefore mwldsd to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. Department of History and Political Science The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for .teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history x p l a n to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I-r.? EUROPEAN CIV~IZATION. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Desfgned to lay the foundation for future work in History. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. See Course I I under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. SO., I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. 2 1 , 22. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 5 I . THE RENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 52. ENGLAND Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1958-59.) f-Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 53. LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. A swdy of Latin America and its development. (Offered lr58-59.) 3 Cr. $4. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Offered 1958-59.) UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY The United States drom about 1900 to 'the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.) DIPLOMACY. Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United Sta,tes from the Revolutionary War to ,the :present. Seminar offered in connection with .ahis course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.) 61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A cu1,tural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. (Offered I 9 5 8 - 59.) 62. HISTORY OF CANADA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early exploration to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered I 9 59-60.) 64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 1958-59.) 71. FRENCH REVOLUTIONAND EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in Hist. Jr., Sr. I. Poli,tical, economic, social, and cultural developmen,t in Europe from 1789 to I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, *he Revolution of 1848. (Offered 1959-60.) credits in H i t . Jr. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Politi,cal, economic, social, and cultural ,deveIopment in Europe from I 848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, che rise of imperialism, and the ,background of World War I. (Offered 1959-60.) 72. LATENINETEENTHCENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. 12 3 Cr. Sec course 74 under Political Science. CENTURY. Prereq. 1 2 cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. 8 I , 82. THETWENTIETH A survey of recent developments in (the world, extending from che ourbreak of Vorld War I to vhe present. Seminar offered in connection wich this course may 'be taken for one ~d~ditional credit ,per semester on approval of instructor. (Offered 1958-59.) SEMINARIN NORTHWESTHISTORY.Jr., Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor. 2 Cr. A st,udy of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required of each member of the class. (Offered 1958-59.) 99. Political Science Minor, I1 credits. I, 11. 6 Cr. 41-42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are stressed. Upper Division Courses S THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. 53. POLITICAL P A R ~OF 3 American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1958-59.) &=r. 16. AMERICAN DIPLOMACY.11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 6 I. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 4 1-42 or Econ. I 5 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 74. HISTORY OF POLITICAL THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. -4 study of .political philosophy and its influence and historical signi,ficance from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered I 959-60.) OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 81. TEACHWG See course 85 under Education. 2 Cr. Geography 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credi,ts in Economics. -'Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Sociology The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of' Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Minor, 1 5 credits including k i o l o g y I , z. Required in addition are History 1 - 2 , or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is re~om~mended for majors and minors in k i o l o g y . For other recommended courses see under Social Work curricu1,un. I. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLQGY. Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. fin introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. 11. 4. INTRODUCTION See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics. YN. SOCIOLOGY. I. 4 course in general sociology for nurses. 16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 2I. RURALSOCIOLOGY. SO. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of contemporary rural America. 22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO. n. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 42. MARRIAGE See course 4 2 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. Upper Division Courses 51. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. RACERELATIONS A N D MINORITY PROBLEMS. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 5 The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered I 9 5 8-5 9.) 56. RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. LABORAND MANAGEMENT 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1959-60.) 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and fanctions of social work. A survey of private and publjc social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of c o n t e m p o r a ~public welfare and social security. (Offered 1958-59.) 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. I , Psy. 5, 6. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. 62. ABNORMAL SSYCHOLOGY. See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr. structor. 11. Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1959-60.) Department of Psychology and Education Psychology Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program to assist in the adjustments tha* the in-coming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his fellow men. I. ORIENTATION. Required. Fr. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as college students. I t includes units on orientation to the college, methods of study, irnprovemeht of reading speed and comprehension, and vocational and educational guidance. 5 , 6. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I, TI. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin- ciples, metho& and problems of psychology are discussed. The second semester emphasizes mental health and the application of the principles of psychology to other problems of everyday life. 7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. An introductory course intended for nurses. 2 cr. Upper Division Courses SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. I. See course 61 under Department of Sociology. 61. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. f , 6. Jr., Sr. 11. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 62. Education The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the junior and senior high school level, as well-as for further study in the field of education. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Edu,cation. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught on the high school level. All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1 and $ 2 . I n addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these credits to be ,completed before taking Ed. 5 I . N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. 3 Cr. PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 1, 6. Jr. I. y I. EDUCATIONAL .4 study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. $2. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS.Prereq. I . Jr. II. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 53, $4. GROUP ACTIVITY. I , I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 5 i , $ 2 ; Religion 7 , 57. $ 8 ; Physical Education 6 , I I , 1 3 , 1 4 , 8 1 , 8 2 . The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Group Activity. 3 Cr. 56. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate .for student guidance, including counseling. 58. ISSUES m CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION.Sr. II. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. 73. TEACHING OF MODERNLANGUAGES. Sr. I. z Cr. 79. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES.Sr. I. z Cr. 8 I. TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I. z Cr. 83. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 81. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES. Sr. I. 67. TEACHING OF HEALTHEDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. $8. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. z Cr. 89. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. z Cr. 91. TEACHING OF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. 53. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. 2 Cr. y5. TEACHING OF SPEECH. Sr. I. z Cr. z Cr. Courses 7 3 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. 4 to 5 Cr. Prereq. $ 2 . Sr. I. 97. STUDENTTEACHING. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. Library Science The dollowing courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of bmks for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. Minor, I6 credits. 3 Cr. OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY. So., Jr. I, 11. 5 ~ - 5 6 . t BASICFUNC~IONS Designed to &paint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school admin,istration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 57-58.? ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, prin,ciples and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.) 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I. 11. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; and other non-book materials, standard dists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1959-60.) I Cr. METHODS.Prereq. 5 6 . Sr. I. 6 1. PRACTICAL Giving the student practice experience in school limbraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READING GUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. Department of Business Administration and Eccrnomics, and Secretarial Studies The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge and perspective are necessary for success in specific positbns in our complex business world and .should provide the background to facilitate advancement, with experience, to positions of respons2bility. A degree with a business major is a common requirement of business firms and government agencies. Together wich secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major or minor, and it ,prepares for graduate work in business. Furcher, it recognizes the need for trained people in &e social sciences and presently offers a minor in economics. Business Administration and Economics Major in Business Administration, 36 credits, including courses I, 16, 53, 72. 2, 3, 4, 15, In addition, History 21, z t and Psychology 5, 6 are required. Minor in Business Administration, 21 credits, including courses I , 2, 3, I 5, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics, I 5 credits, including courses from 4, 51, 56, 6 1 , 62. I 1, I 6, and nine credits I, 2. P ~ C I P L EOF S ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. Two lectures and one double laboratory hour per week. 3. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. Fr. I. 3 Cr. An introductory survey of business and business management including a study of the variety, nature and interrelationsship of problems of business operation. Finance, personnel, production, marketing, internal organization and control, and governmental relationships are a few of the :topics covered. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific met,hods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing gaphs and tables, as well as fin,ding measures of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound methods of sampling. I 1: I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS. SO. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public poli,cy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic poli,cy problems. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . MONEY AND BANKING.Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1958-19.) 5 3 . BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. z, 4, 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Marketin,g :from a businessman's standpoint, winh emphasis on ways in which management decisions are made con,cerning product .planning, merchandise selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling. (Offered 1959-60.) RELATIONS. Prereq. 56. LABORAKD MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. MANAGEMENT.Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 18. INDUSTRIAL The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1958-59.) 59. COST ACCOUN.I?NG. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Essential features of accounting for manufaoturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; order method; process costs; and cost reports. (Offered 195 8-59.) 3 Cr. 61. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. I. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and ,the impact of governmental finance on economic activit,~. 62. BUSINESSFINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. (Offered 1958-59.) 6 3 . TAXATION. Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will cover several types of taxation, wich particular emphasis on the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, proced,ures and problems as they relate .to business and individuals. (Offered 1959-60.) Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 72. SEMINARIN BUSINESSADMINISTRATION. This seminar will cover special problems of concern to business majors which are not considered in the regular curriculum. Lectures will be given by local business leaders. The course will encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. Secretarial Studies These courses are pIanned to prepare students for stenographic =nd secretarial positions in business o&ces, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of buiness edmcation in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major, 31 credits above I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Eusiness Administration I , z, 3, 53. Business education major, 37. credits above I including courses listed f o r grad,uation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits a~bove I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , 2, o r I 5 , 16. I. ELEMENTARYTYPEWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. A course f o r the development of the fun.damental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. SHORTHAND.I, 11. 6 Cr. 3- 4 . t ELEMENTARY Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. i-.Gntinuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. Upper Division Courses TYPEWRI~NG. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 2 Cr. 5 I. ADVANCED Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangernent, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Open to students having attained a speed of 50 words per minute. Four hours ,per week. 52. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE.Brereq. 2, 3-4,11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. ADVANCED SHORTHAND. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5 3-54.f Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS. Sr. I. See course 8 I under Education. z Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of .the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recom.mended for general education. Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57, 66, 67-71, 73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics I 5, k i o l o g y I, Biology 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 5, 6, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teachin,g minor, 22 credits including courses I, 2, 3, 7, 39,40, 42, and 44. Teaching major, 3 8 credits; courses listed for n o n - t e a c h g major plus 3 3 and 75. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CARE, AND REPAIR.I. 3 Cr. -4 study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f2brics suitable for different uses are topics considered. 'Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete both semesters. n. 2. CLOTHINGCONSTRUC~ON. z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. It includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double lrboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3 Cr. 3. ART IN DAILY LNING. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. E. ELEMENTS OF NUTRITION.11. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 3 3. COLOR AND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 11. z Cr. 36. CRAFTS. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can 'be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double lrboratory periods per week. (OfTered 1959-60.) PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 8 or permission of instructor. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and f m d preparation. Three double laboratory period9 a week. 39, 40. 42. MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS. 11. 3 Cr. A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. 11. 2 Cr. 44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT. A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. TEXTILES. I. r Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household an,d clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. (Offered 1959-60.) 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of archi,tecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. ( m e r e d 1958-59.) 66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. r Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problem within ,the family group. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. 2 Cr. Con~i~deration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating ohe resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 71. 73. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. 2 Cr. Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment.. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs .to be detemined by the group. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATION AND INCOMEMANAGEMENT. 11. 2 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and s e ~ i c e savailable on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. Prereq. z. I. 2 Cr. This course provides labrstbry experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1958-59.) Sr. I. 91. TEACHINGO F HOME ECONOMICS. See course 91 under Education. z Cr. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11. See course gz under Education. 2 92. Cr. AUGSBURG COLLEGE DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS It is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in t h e light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology MR. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MR. MICKELBERG The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits, at least 8 credits in Upper Division courses; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, 3 ~ 7~ , do not count toward the major or minor. I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences. Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory work, and discussions. A N D PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 3N. HUMANANATOMY A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3N. 4. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on h t h structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. I. 3 Cr. 7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. ' 1 course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 8 Cr. 13-14.? GENERAL ZOOLOGY. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, ada~tarion,and reproduction of type animals. Biological ~rinciples are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete tmth semesters. 4. 4 Cr. 25, 26. GENERAL BOTANY.SO., Jr. I, TI. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. 3 2. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES. Prereq. 1 3 - 14. 11. 4 Cr. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate ,phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Upper Division Courses 4 Cr. 51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four le~turesper week. (Ogered 1959-60.) 4 Cr. Prereq. I 3-14 or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. 11. 5 2. ECOLOGY. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1959-60.) ;Cr. Prereq. I 3-14. Sr. I. 5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offend 1958-59.) 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11. 4 Cr.. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. 56. TAXONOMY Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and' one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1958-19.) 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. TI. I or 2 Cr. Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 8-59.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 79. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. z Cr. Department of Chemistry I t is the purpose of this department ,to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways (by d i u h this has {been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity .to examine the chemical aspect of ehe structure, the power and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomp1ishmen.t~of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic exa,ples of effective ways to handle certain types of ,problems. Courses in this department are designed to prepare students for teaching ,chemistry in secondary schools, {to provide background for graduate study in chemistry and f,uroher study in medicine, dentistry, engineerin,g, nursing, pharmacy, ,medical technology, and other related fields. Major, 25 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,3N and 4 do not count tow,ard the major or! minor. Pre-medical students are required to com,plete the following courses and should take them in the order shown: Fr. 1-6;Soph. 53-54;Jr. 61, 66. Medical technologists should complete, in the order shown: Fr., 5-6; Soph., 53-14; Jr., 61.Prospective teachers of chemistry in secondary schools should complete 5-6 and 53-54;61 and 66 are highly recommended, and may ,be substituted for 53-54.Prospective chemists and graduate students should complete 5-6, 53-54, 61,62, 71, 91-92. 1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. For course description see Department of Biology. 8 Cr. j ~ CHEMISTRY . FOR NURSES. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course coverin'g subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and pa~hola~ical ohemistry. Designed to meet 'the needs of the ,&hools of N'ursing of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital and Swedish Hospital. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory ,per week. 4. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. Fr. 11. Prereq. High School algebra (or 4 Cr. permission of instructor). A lecture and laboratory course designed for the non-major and to meet the needs of students in home economics. A study of laws and theories of chernistq with descriptive material selected from the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and physical chemistry. Students who complete 1-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 3N or 4. Students who had chemistry in high school may not receive credit for Chem. 4 except by permission of instructor. Three lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. 5-6. GENERALCHEMISTRY AND QUALITATNE ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equiv., or concurrent registration in Math. I. Fr., So., I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 53-54. ORGANICCHE~IISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr., I, 11. 8 Cr. A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction meohanisms. Laboratory work in study of technique and in the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 61. Q U A N ~ T A T I VANALYTICAL E CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6,and ability t o use logarithms. (Students receiving less than C in 5-6 may register with y Cr. ,permission of instructor only.) So., Jr., Sr. I. Classical methods of gravimetric and volumetric ana1,ysis. Study of ionic equilibrium. Three lectures, one hour of recitation and six hours of laboratory per week. 62. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. Prereq. 61. (Students receiving less than C in 61 may register with permission of instrucmtor only.) So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Modern menhods of anaNlysis. Electrochemical and optical met.hods; emphasis on use of instruments. Recent developments in analytical methods. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 66. TO PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 61 and INTRODUCTION Physics 6. Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. A course designed t o meet the needs of pre-medical students. A kinetic approach to gas laws, liquids, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, colloids, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Students completing 91-92 may not receive credit for 66. 71. ORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. Prereq. 5 3-54. Jr., S r I. 4 Cr. Methods of q~alita~tive analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. A study of theories and mechanisms of substitution and elimination reactions. Two class discussions and six hours of laboratory per week. 91-92. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. $2, Chem. 61 and Physics 6; Ghern. 53-54 is himghly recommended. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 8 Cr. A course &or ,prospective graduate students and chemists. An advanced course in ph'ysical chemistry emphasizin.g ,the thermodynamic approach to the properties of matter. Gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions, !phase rule, thermodyna,mics, kinetics, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered on demand, 1959-60.) Department of Physics Recent developments in the field of Physics make it imperative that more than adequate training be provided for those who intend .to continue their studies in graduate school 04 who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of ,physisics.It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make i't !possible for him to fallow with some degree of comprehension the developments in .the field of science as they come to hi,m from # h emedium of semi-scientific publications. Major, 28 credits, including courses 5 I , 52, 63, 64, 73, 74. Minor, 16 credits. 1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. For course description see Department of Biology. 3. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 8 Cr. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstramtion-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electrici.ty, magnetism, 1igh.t and sound. This course is intended for students of home economia but may be taken by others who wish. some basic information in ,the field of Physics. Three lectures, cwohour 'laboratory. Students with high school physics may nat receive credit for Physics 3 except by ,permission of instructor. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Mach I 3 or concurrent registration in Macth I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and hea,t. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one ,two-hour laboratory period per week. Uspper Division Courses N ATOMICAND NUCLEARPHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I. I N ~ O D U C T I OTO 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eY'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Four hours lecture per week. ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent 52. E L E C T R I C IAND 4 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I.So., Jr. 11. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments, electmnics. Four hours lecture per week. 61. OPTICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1958-59.) 62. MECHANICS. Prereq. 6 .and Ma&. 5 I . Jr. 11. 4 cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion o'f a rigid 'body, work, kinetic energy, vibra~tions in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. (Offered 1958-59.) 63-64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. z Cr. Experiments will be performed in electricity and ,magnetism, atarnic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (Offered 1958-59.) 71. HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent registration- in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and secon,d laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1959-60.) 72. MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 51. Sr. II. 4 Cr. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics wirh applications to various fie1:ds such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1959-60.) 73-74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. z Cr. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (OSered 1959-60.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I. 74. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. t Cr. Combined Science Major for Teaching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 and either 53-54 or 61, 66; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6. Department of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sugcient for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford studens in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. It aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience chat will make them e6cient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 'do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other ,courses. I. SECOND COURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course. i . SOLID GEOMETRY. Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. TI. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~hrmulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5 . ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an i n t d u c t i o n to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours o week. 3 Cr. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIP~VE GEOMETRY. Prereq. 5. TI. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 13, INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. 14. Upper Divisi0.n Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Prereq. I 3, 14. so., ~ r I, . 11. 5, 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I, J 2. 53. SOLD ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surface and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 3 Cr. OF EQUATIONS. Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. ll. 54. THEORY This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree. OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. 83. TEACHWG See course 83 under Education. z Cr. Department of Health and Physical Education The aim of the Department of Heal,th and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of che physical education program. One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men, 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, I I, 12, 23, all upper division courses. Biology 4 also required. Major for women, 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, I?,23, 17, $8,66, 73, 74, 84, 86. Biology 4 also required. Minor,, 2 1 credits, includinmg courses 2, 3, 4, 1, 6, 8, 1 I, 12, y 1, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women. 2. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH.Fr. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. -2 study of modern concepts and practices of health and heakhful living applied to the individual and the community. ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 3, 4. PHYSICAL II. ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, 3, 4. PHYSICAL n. %, % Cr. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTHEDUCATION, PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND RECREATION. Fr. I. 2 Cr. P, brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of heal,th education, physical education, and recreation. 1. 6. RECREATIONAL A c m m s . Fr. II. I Cr. Theory and practi,ce in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. K. F ~ AID. T Fr., SO. 11. American Red Cross F i a t Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and :rolleyball. Three hours per week. I 2. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbffleboard, handball, Aerial darts, table tennis, horsehoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2, 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.So. I, TI. Theory and practice in the coaching and o6ciating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (OfTered 1959-60.) 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). SO. I. I Cr. Theory and technique of t e a ~ h i n stunts ,~ and tumbling. Two .hours per week. (Offered 1958-59.) AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. 11. 2 Cr. 18. INDIVIDUAL Theory and practice in teaching skatin~g,skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, acchery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Otfered 1958-59.) 23. RHYTHMS.So. I. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. I Cr. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. Instruction and application of technique and rules of ofliciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 I . SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr, I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teachin,g individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours ,per week. 57. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 O. This is a study of ,body movements and the mechanics in the effectinlg of eflicient movements. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS A N D ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. 2 Cr. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and onganic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. 58. COURSEm FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S I Cr. Methods and materials in .teaching ahe American Red Cross First Aid Cowst. 73. PRINC~PLES A N D CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Aims, scope and objectives d health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school healrh education and physical education curriculum. 74. ORGAN~ATION A N D ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. y. Sr. TI. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 81. COACHING OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL. Sr. I. z Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. &ACHING OF SPORTS:BASEBALL AND TRACK. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or a,pproval of instructor. M PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. 11. I Cr. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS A survey and, evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1958-59 and 1959-60. Alternate years after 1959-60.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION. Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and ad,ministration of recreational work. (Offered 1958-59.) OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I. 87. TEACHING See couqe 87 under Education. 2 Cr. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY INTRODUCTORY Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran ccngregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: 1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: 2 years Greek Philosophy 1 year German, or Latin, or 2 years Norwegian In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their theological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a ~iiinorand, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many as possible of the following: 2 years English 1 year Speech 1 year Psychology 2 years History 1 semester Youth Work 1 year Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or 1 year Education 1 year Typewriting All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES Seminary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is payable a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. EMPLOYMENT The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEMINARY INTERNSHIP In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. GRADUATION AND DEGREES The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: 1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point rati.0 of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty C~mrni~ttee on Service. 5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. The degree of Graduate in Theology is conferred upon the students who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point ratio of not less than 1.0 !C average) in their academic work but who have not met all the normal prerequisites for admission to the Seminary, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis. COURSES OF STUDY* Theological Orientation Courses Junior Year I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History an,d contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical t Cr. origin of the Biblical writings. THEOLOGICAL PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and I Cr. to the whole realm of human knowledge. A. 'With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered amual1.y for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. r. INTRODUCTION TO DOGMATICS. A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Gnfession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of I Cr. I.ucher. Old Testament FOR BEGINNERS. A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, 9-10. HEBREW using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from 6 Cr. Deuteronomy. (Offered I 9 5 8- 59). 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195 8-59.) 3 Cr. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis 12. on religious values and -the rise of ~mphetism. Selected passages from the 3 Cr. historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.) 13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 cr. 14. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH.A studY of the political, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual freedom. (Offered 1959-60.) 3. I T . THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems 2 Cr. of life. (Offered 1960-61.) 16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr. Exilic period. (Offered I 960-6 I .) EXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical 17, 18. HEBREW study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books z, z Cr. in ,the Old Testament. (Offered 1 9 ~ 9 - 6 0 . ) A study of archaeological ,discoveries 19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The co'urse consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics I Cr. and class discussion. (Offered 1960-61.) 4 New Testament 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Two years of Greek is a requirement f o r admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. r t . INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 19 59-60.) i3. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered irn the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry: (Offered 1959-60.) 24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek texf with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.) 25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on 2 Cr. the English text with the ai,d of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1960-61.) 26. THEJEWISHSECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 3 Cr. 1960-61.) 1-12. 27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions in English. (Offered 1958-59.) 3 G. 28. INTERPRETATION OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. T h e problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-1 I ) , and the section o n the Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1960-61.) t Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of t Cr. Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 19jg-60.) OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims a t a jo. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1958-59.) t Cr. Church History l o . THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acu. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 Cr. 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward 3 Cr. reform. (Offered I 9 59-60.) A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Catholic Counter-Reformation. ( m e r e d 195 6-5 7,) This course covers the period 43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the h,istory of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.) HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; 44. AMERICANCHURCH church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr. is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-61.) OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.A study of. the development 45, 46. THEHISTORY of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-19.) 2 , 2 Cr. CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. A study of the consti47. THE#LUTHERAN tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. Systematic Theology An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY. 2 Cr. methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.) A N D ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning f z . SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.) AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOL~GY of the Church; t h e Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 1958-59.) z Cr. 54, 55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of Christian ethics t o individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1959-60.) 2, 2 Cr. j6. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. SYMBOLICS ~ AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study 57. C Q M P A R A of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings 2 Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1959-60.) Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology Go. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL THEOLOGY. This course, which is based o n the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of .the pastoral office and the New Testament ministry. (Offered 1960-61.) t Cr. 61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUALLIFE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral 2 Cr. reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.) 62. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORALCOUNSBLING.A course dealing with the dynamics ,underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should I Cr. be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) TRAINING.The purpose of this course is 'to provide an 63. CLINICALPASTORAL opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a 64. EVANGELISTICS. short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions, 2 Cr. and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.) B. Homiletics 65. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING.Technical and psychological r Cr. elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 66. HOMILETICS. The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of ,brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. z Cr. 67. SERMONS.A course in the prepara~ionand delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers r G. are studied. Seniors. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work 70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; o6cers, organization, and government in the epostoli~c'times; the growth of the idea of ,the Church; the idea of a free church. I and 11 Corinr Cr. thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.) A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION. tional organization. Methods of increasing e6ciency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce proced